UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549


FORM 10-K


þ

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

  

  

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the transition period from ________________________to________________________


Commission file number: 0-52567


Lightwave Logic, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Nevada

  

82-049-7368

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO

  

80112

(Address of principal executive offices)

  

(Zip Code)


(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code): 720-340-4949

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act


Title of each class registered

  

Name of each exchange

on which registered

  

  

  


Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Stock, Par Value $0.001

(Title of class)


Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ¨   No  þ


Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ¨   No  þ


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ   No  ¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ   No  ¨


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

 

 







 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer    ¨

 

Accelerated filer    þ

Non-accelerated filer      ¨

 

Smaller reporting company   þ

 

 

Emerging growth company   ¨


If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ¨


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act of 1934).  Yes  ¨   No  þ


The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $99,251,162 as of June 30, 2017.


As of March 15, 2018, there were 75,000,557 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value.

 









 


Table of Contents

 

  

  

  

Page

  

  

  

  

PART I

  

  

  

  

Item 1.

Business

1

  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

21

  

Item 1B.

Unsolved Staff Comments

35

  

Item 2.

Properties

35

  

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35

  

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

35

  

  

  

 

PART II

  

  

 

  

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

36

  

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

37

  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

37

  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

42

  

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

42

  

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

43

  

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

43

  

Item 9B.

Other Information

43

  

  

  

 

PART III

  

  

 

  

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

44

  

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

47

  

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

57

  

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

59

  

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

59

  

  

  

 

PART IV

  

  

 

  

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

61

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

63


 

  


i



 


Forward-Looking Statements


This report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.


Factors that are known to us that could cause a different result than projected by the forward-looking statement, include, but are not limited to:


 

·

lack of available funding

 

·

general economic and business conditions

 

·

competition from third parties

 

·

intellectual property rights of third parties

 

·

·

regulatory constraints

security breaches, cybersecurity attacks and other significant disruptions in our information technology systems

 

·

changes in technology and methods of marketing

 

·

delays in completing various engineering and manufacturing programs

 

·

changes in customer order patterns

 

·

changes in product mix

 

·

success in technological advances and delivering technological innovations

 

·

shortages in components

 

·

production delays due to performance quality issues with outsourced components

 

·

those events and factors described by us in Item 1.A Risk Factors

 

·

other risks to which our Company is subject

 

·

other factors beyond the Company's control.


Any forward-looking statement made by us in this report on Form 10-K is based only on information currently available to us and speaks only as of the date on which it is made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

 




ii



 


PART I


Item 1.

Business .


Our Company

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on June 24, 1997 and in 2004 we acquired PSI-TEC Corp., and in 2006 we merged with PSI-TEC Corp. PSI-TEC Corp. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 12, 1995. In 2008 we changed our name to Lightwave Logic, Inc. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the “ Company ,” “ we ,” “ our ” or “ us ” and other similar terms means Lightwave Logic, Inc., a Nevada corporation.


Our principal executive office is located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO 80112, and our telephone number is (720) 340-4949. Our website address is www.lightwavelogic.com . No information found on our website is part of this report. Also, this report includes the names of various government agencies and the trade names of other companies. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the use or display by us of such other parties' names and trade names in this report is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any of these other parties.


Overview


Lightwave Logic, Inc. is a development stage company whose P 2 IC TM technology addresses advanced telecommunication, data communications, and data center markets utilizing its advanced organic electro-optic polymer systems. The Company currently has two business segments to support its development activities, its materials development segment, and its photonic device design and development segment.


Materials Development


The Company designs and synthesizes organic chromophores for use in its own proprietary electro-optic polymer systems and photonic device designs. A polymer system is not solely a material, but also encompasses various technical enhancements necessary for its implementation. These include host polymers, poling methodologies, and molecular spacer systems that are customized to achieve specific optical properties. Our organic electro-optic polymer systems compounds are mixed into solution form that allows for thin film application. Our proprietary electro-optic polymers are designed at the molecular level for potentially superior performance, stability and cost-efficiency. We believe they have the potential to replace more expensive, lower-performance materials and devices used in fiber-optic ground, wireless and satellite communication networks.


Our patented and patent pending molecular architectures are based on a well-understood chemical and quantum mechanical occurrence known as aromaticity . Aromaticity provides a high degree of molecular stability that enables our core molecular structures to maintain stability under a broad range of polymerization conditions that otherwise appear to affect other current polymer molecular designs.


We expect our patented and patent-pending optical materials along with trade secrets and licensed materials, to be the core of and the enabling technology for future generations of optical devices, modules, sub-systems and systems that we will develop or potentially out-license to electro-optic device manufacturers. The Company contemplates future applications that may address the needs of semiconductor companies, aerospace companies and government agencies.


Prototype Device Design and Development


Electro-optic Modulators


The Company designs its own proprietary electro-optical modulation devices. Electro-optical modulators convert data from electric signals (binary data) into optical signals that can then be transmitted over high-speed fiber-optic cables. These devices are key components that have historically limited the ability of telecommunications, data communications, data centers networks to keep up with the seemingly endless flow of data in the form of voice calls, text messages, pictures, video streaming that are being transmitted to a growing array of devices.




1



 


Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuits (P 2 IC TM )


The Company also designs its own proprietary Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuits. A Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuit is a photonic device that integrates several photonic functions on a single chip. We believe that our technology can enable the ultra-miniaturization needed to increase the number of photonic functions residing on a semiconductor chip to create a progression like what was seen in the computer integrated circuits, commonly referred to as Moore’s Law.


Current photonic technology is based on inorganic crystalline materials, which due to physical limitations have not been able to address devices such as slot waveguides that require highly miniaturized geometries. Slot modulators have the potential to scale in integration for increased functionality and would be highly beneficial to data center infrastructure. Organic electro-optic polymers have greater potential because they can be applied as a thin film coating. Our polymers are unique in that they can withstand extremely high semiconductor process temperatures to seamlessly integrate into existing CMOS, Indium Phosphide (InP), Gallium Arsenide (GaAs), and other semiconductor manufacturing lines. Our devices, enabled by our organic electro-optic polymer material systems, work by affecting the optical properties of light in the presence of an electric field at extremely high frequencies (wide bandwidths) and possess inherent advantages over current crystalline electro-optic material contained in most modulator devices such as lithium niobate, indium phosphide and gallium arsenide.


Glossary


Glossary of select technology terms to provide you with a better understanding our Company’s technology and devices:


Electro-optic devices - Electro-optic devices convert data from electric signals into optical signals for use in communications systems and in optical interconnects for high-speed data transfer.


Electro-optic material - Electro-optic material is the core active ingredient in high-speed fiber-optic telecommunication systems. Electro-optic materials are materials that are engineered at the molecular level. Molecular level engineering is commonly referred to as “nanotechnology.”


Electro-optic modulators - Electro-optic (E/O) modulators are electro-optic devices that perform electric-to-optic conversions within the infrastructure of the Internet. Data centers may also benefit from this technology through devices that could significantly increase bandwidth and speed while decreasing costs. Polymer E/O modulators can be designed and fabricated with multiple structures such as Ridge waveguide and slot waveguide. The waveguides allow the light to be efficiently coupled into and out of the modulators, and provide a basis for integrating modulators together.


Photonic Devices - Photonic devices are components for creating, manipulating or detecting light. This can include modulators, laser diodes, light-emitting diodes, solar and photovoltaic cells, displays and optical amplifiers. Other examples are devices for modulating a beam of light and for combining and separating beams of light of different wavelength.


Polymers - Polymers, also known as plastics, are large carbon-based molecules that bond many small molecules together to form a long chain. Polymer materials can be engineered and optimized using nanotechnology to create a system in which unique surface, electrical, chemical and electro-optic characteristics can be controlled. Materials based on polymers are used in a multitude of industrial and consumer products, from automotive parts to home appliances and furniture, as well as scientific and medical equipment.


Our Business Opportunity


Lightwave Logic, Inc. is developing next generation proprietary photonic devices that are based on our advanced electro-optical polymer material systems. Current legacy technology is based on inorganic crystalline materials, which has allowed for the proliferation of data over fiber optic cables. However, there are inherent molecular deficiencies that have prevented this technology from scaling down in price and up in functionality, especially in terms of $/Gbps. This is primarily due to a closed valence structure that does not allow for the molecular improvements. The valence or valency of an element is a measure of its combining power with other atoms when it forms chemical compounds or molecules. Also, the physical properties of a crystal do not allow for its implementation into highly miniaturize slot structures that are in simple terms the pathways that light travels through in the device.




2



 


Organic polymer materials on the other hand, have free electrons that allow for limitless potential to combine with other molecular structures, which allows for multiple options and combinations to improving performance characteristics. Importantly, because they can be applied to optical structures in thin-film liquid form, it is possible to imbue electro-optic ability to highly miniaturized slot structures. Organic polymer materials are also vastly cheaper to manufacture in comparison to growing exotic crystals that are prone to contamination and further must be sliced into thin wafers. Our Company believes that the combination of less expensive manufacturing cost, ease of application, and better scalability, together with a lower cost of ownership due to marked less heat dissipation (requiring less cooling), will create enormous demand for our products.


Many companies’ early attempts at developing commercially reliable organic polymers were stymied due to the difficulty of creating organic molecules that could remain electro-optically active after being subjected to the high heat of semiconductor manufacturing temperatures (such as silicon CMOS, InP, GaAs etc.). These early attempts also encountered difficulty synthesizing materials that could withstand photochemical bleaching (loss of sensitivity to specific frequencies) and material degradation due to high operating temperatures.


Over the last several years, our Company has made various scientific breakthroughs that have allowed for the synthesis of proprietary organic polymer materials that can withstand extremely high process temperatures of 175 0 C. Additionally, these materials have demonstrated photochemical stability, even after being subjected to tensor light for over 4,000 hours and exhibited little electro optic degradation even after 2,500 hours of continuous exposure to temperatures at 110 0 C – exceeding typical commercial operating temperatures of approximately 85 0 C, as found in data center applications. After successfully achieving material test results that either met or exceeded commercial requirements (subsequently confirmed by an outside entity), in late 2016, the Company began production of its first photonic prototype device, a ridge waveguide modulator .


Our First Product – The Ridge Waveguide Modulator


A ridge waveguide modulator is a type of modulator where the waveguide is fabricated within a layer of our electro-optic polymer system. Various cladding materials and electrodes are layered over the core polymer. The polymer materials are then part of an integrated photonics platform that can house other photonic devices, such as lasers, waveguides etc.


In April 2017 we achieved bandwidth suitable for 25Gbps data rates in an all-organic polymer ridge waveguide intensity modulator prototype, a significant improvement over our initial 10Gbps device modulator prototype that was announced in 2016. This breakthrough was significant because a 25Gbps data rate is important to the optical networking industry because this data rate is a major node to achieve 100 Gbps (using 4 channels of 25 Gbps). In July 2017 we advanced our high-speed modulation performance to satisfy 28Gbps data rates for QSFP28 standards and 100Gbps data center applications.


In September 2017 we achieved outstanding performance of our ridge waveguide Mach-Zehnder modulators ahead of schedule, with bandwidth performance levels that will enable 50Gbps modulation in fiber-optic communications. This important achievement will allow users to utilize arrays of 4 x 50Gbps polymer modulators using PAM-4 encoding to access 400Gbps data rate systems. Pulse-Amplitude Modulation (PAM-4) is an encoding scheme that can double the amount of data that can be transmitted.


We are now optimizing our high-performance modulators against typical specifications that are required by the fiber communications industry. Furthermore, we are packaging our modulators with our packaging partner so that potential customers can evaluate our high-performance modulators in their systems. One of the most under-evaluated processes of developing high speed devices onto a new and novel technology platform is robustness and reliability. We have already made extensive progress with our polymer materials on this front, and now we are integrating our robust polymer materials onto an integrated photonics platform to provide customers with a more miniaturized, higher performance solution for their data rich systems.


We have also shown that with standard simulation and modeling of our devices, there is a potential to scale the high-speed performance beyond that of 50Gbps, thus providing a technology platform for even greater data rates in the future. This means that our technology platform using polymers is both scalable in high performance as well as scalable in miniaturization and low cost, something that the fiber communications industry has been searching for a long time.




3



 


While our initial focus is to address data communications and telecommunications network applications along with cloud computing/data center needs, we believe that in the future we will have additional opportunities to address other applications such as: backplane optical interconnects, photovoltaic cells, medical applications, satellite reconnaissance, navigation systems, radar applications, optical filters, spatial light modulators; and all-optical switches.


Electro-Optic Polymer Production – Our Approach vs. the BLA Approach


Our Electro-Optic Material Approach


Our core material expertise relates to the production of high-performance, high-stability electro-optic polymers for high-speed (wide bandwidth) telecommunication and datacommunications applications. More specifically, it lies in a less mainstream, yet firmly established, scientific phenomenon called aromaticity. Aromaticity causes a high degree of molecular stability. It is a molecular arrangement wherein atoms combine into multi-membered rings and share their electrons among each other. Aromatic compounds are stable because the electronic charge distributes evenly over a great area preventing hostile moieties, such as oxygen and free radicals, from finding an opening to attack.


Previous and Current Competitive Organic Electro-Optic Polymer Efforts


For the past several decades, diverse corporate interests, including, to our knowledge, IBM, Lockheed Martin, DuPont, AT&T Bell Labs, Honeywell, Motorola, HP, 3M, and others in addition to numerous universities and U.S. Government Agencies, have attempted to produce high-performance, high-stability electro-optic polymers for high-speed (wide bandwidth) telecommunication applications. These efforts were largely unsuccessful due, in our opinion, to the industry's singular adherence to an industry pervasive engineering model known as the Bond Length Alternation ("BLA") theory model, which none of our patented molecular designs rely upon. The BLA model, like all other current industry-standard molecular designs, consists of molecular designs containing long strings of atoms called polyene chains. Longer polyene chains provide higher electro-optic performance, but are also more susceptible to environmental threats, which result in unacceptably low-performing, thermally unstable electro-optic polymers.


As a result, high frequency modulators engineered with electro-optic polymers designed on the BLA model or any other polyene chain design models are unstable over typical operating temperature ranges, and often exhibit performance degradation within days, hours or even minutes. Similarly, lower frequency modulators exhibit comparable failings, but to a lesser extent. These flaws, in most cases, have prevented commercial quality polymer-based modulators from entering the commercial marketplace. The thermal stability of these devices does not generally meet the minimum Telcordia GR-468 operating temperature range (-40 degrees Celsius to +85 degrees Celsius) much less the harsher MILSPEC 883D (military specification) range of -55 degrees Celsius to 150 degrees Celsius. While many new applications do not require full military specifications for polymers, many potential customers prefer to see polymer operate at or near these conditions to convey confidence in the material system. We understand from initial conversations with data center architects and designers that the temperature specifications that our materials achieve are compliant with their equipment design needs.


We are aware of other academic and commercial development efforts—some by larger companies with vastly more financial resources than we possess. However, we believe that no one yet has developed organic polymer materials that have demonstrated the combination of thermal stability, photochemical stability that can meet or exceed commercial specifications.


Our Electro-Optic Photonic P 2 IC TM Device Approach


Our electro-optic devices are built around our proprietary organic polymer material systems that we believe will enable better performance than the current embedded legacy technology built around inorganic materials. We also believe that the inherent flexibility of being able to apply our organic polymer materials in liquid thin-film form will accelerate the move toward ultra-miniaturization of Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuits (P 2 IC TM ) by increasing the number of photonic circuits on a single chip. Polymer photonics (previously referred in industry as silicon organic hybrid (SOH)) is the application of polymers on to a platform such as silicon where there are both active and passive photonic component designs. In polymer photonics, polymer devices such as modulators, waveguides, and multiplexers can be fabricated on to a silicon platform that acts as a package as well as a base for mounting lasers (which are needed to source the light).




4



 


Our initial device, a ridge waveguide modulator, though highly miniaturized utilizes conventional design and fabrication techniques in the industry. Our future devices will utilize silicon photonics (SiP) technology, which can support highly miniaturized slot waveguides structures etched in large format, low cost, and less expensive silicon wafers coated with our organic electro-optic polymers. The low-cost structure compares well to compound semiconductor technologies such as GaAs ( Gallium arsenide) and InP ( Indium Phosphide) , which suffer from small format wafers that do not allow the economies of scale in high volume fabrication plants. The degree of miniaturization possible of the slot modulator using SiP is not technically feasible to accomplish with inorganic crystalline materials. Although this may not always remain the case, presently there are nearly insurmountable technical difficulties that are inherent to a crystalline molecule.


Although we believe that our polymers will be the key differentiating factor in Polymer photonic devices, we do not currently possess the technical skills and instrumentation necessary to fabricate and test PICs at this dramatically reduced scale and intend to seek an external partner to assist with development.


Our Intellectual Property


Our research and development efforts over the last 10 years have yielded our Company an extensive patent portfolio as well as critical trade secrets, unpatented technology and proprietary knowledge related to our optical polymer materials. Our intellectual property portfolio has expanded significantly over the last year as we are developing our P 2 IC™ into prototypes. We have filed more than 6 patents during 2017 and are currently in the process of readying a number of other inventions for formal filing later in 2018. We expect to continue innovating with our P 2 IC platform during 2018, and expect to at least maintain this level of invention at our Company during the whole of 2018. Our focus for 2018 is to establish the world’s first unique Perkinamine TM polymer based integrated photonics circuit portfolio of patents to support our working prototypes.


We have filed 2 patents in 2018, and we expect another patent to be filed by early March 2018. In total, our patent portfolio consists of 13 granted patents that include 4 from the US, 1 from Canada, 5 from the EU, 2 from Japan and 1 from China. 


Our materials patent portfolio has also strengthened significantly in 2017 with the filing of additional new patent applications on our core Perkinamine TM molecular compounds as well as recent, innovative inventions that are expected to protect our P 2 IC polymer PIC platform from potential competition.


Included in our patent portfolio are the following nonlinear optic chromophore designs:


·

Stable Free Radical Chromophores, processes for preparing the same

·

Stable Free Radical Chromophores, processes for preparing the same

·

Tricyclic Spacer Systems for Nonlinear Optical Devices

·

Anti-Aromatic Chromophore Architectures

·

Heterocyclical Anti-Aromatic Chromophore Architectures

·

Heterocyclical Chromophore Architectures

·

Heterocyclical Chromophore Architectures with Novel Electronic Acceptor Systems


Our strategic plan is to utilize our core proprietary technology and leverage our proprietary optical materials to be the core of and the enabling technology for future generations of optical devices, modules, sub-systems and systems that we will develop or potentially out-license to electro-optic device manufacturers. Our Company contemplates future applications that may address the needs of semiconductor companies, aerospace companies and government agencies.


We rely on a combination of patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade secrets and contractual provisions to protect our technologies. Further, employees are required to surrender any inventions or intellectual property developed as part of their employment agreements. We also have a policy of requiring prospective business partners to enter into non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) before disclosure of any of our confidential or proprietary information. Our Company can make no assurances that we will be able to effectively protect our technologies and know-how or that third parties will not be able to develop similar technologies and know-how independently.


The anti-aromatic nature of these structures dramatically improves the "zwitterionic-aromatic push-pull" of the systems, providing for low energy charge transfer. Low energy charge transfer is important for the production of extremely high electro-optic character.



5



 


Heterocyclical Steric Hindering System This patent describes a nitrogenous heterocyclical structure for the integration of steric hindering groups that are necessary for the nanoscale material integration. Due to the [pi]-orbital configuration of the nitrogen bridge, this structure has been demonstrated not to interfere with the conductive nature of the electronic conductive pathway and thus is non-disruptive to the electro-optic character of the core molecular construction. The quantum mechanical design of the system is designed to establish complete molecular planarity (flatness) for optimal performance.


Totally Integrated Material Engineering System This patent covers material integration structures under a design strategy known as Totally Integrated Material Engineering. These integration structures provide for the "wrapping" of the core molecule in sterically hindering groups that maximally protect the molecule from environmental threats and maximally protect it from microscopic aggregation (which is a major cause of performance degradation and optical loss) within a minimal molecular volume. These structures also provide for the integration of polymerizable groups for integration of materials into a highly stable cross-linked material matrix.


Our Recent Significant Events and Milestones Achieved


In November 2013, preliminary testing and initial data on our SOH/polymer photonic slot waveguide modulators demonstrated several promising characteristics. The tested SOH/polymer photonics chip had a 1-millimeter square footprint, enabling the possibility of sophisticated integrated optical circuits on a single silicon substrate. In addition, the waveguide structure was approximately 1/20 the length of a typical inorganic-based silicon photonics modulator waveguide. With the combination of our proprietary electro-optic polymer material and the extremely high optical field concentration in the slot waveguide modulator, the test modulators demonstrated less than 2.2 volts to operate. Initial speeds exceeded 30-35 GhZ in the telecom, 1550 nanometer frequency band. This is equivalent to four, 10Gbpsec, inorganic, lithium niobate modulators that would require approximately 12-16 volts to move the same amount of information. Our material also operates in the 1310 nanometer frequency band, which is suitable for data communications applications.


In January 2014 we created a new methodology to combine multiple chromophores into a single polymer host that significantly improves their ability to generate more powerful organic, nonlinear electro-optical polymer systems. The new synthetic chemistry process can enable multiple chromophores (dyes) to work in concert with each other within a single polymer host. This proprietary process has created two new material systems, which have demonstrated outstanding electro-optic values. In addition, we now have a significant amount of data on the thermal aging of our materials. We have demonstrated that our materials can withstand more than 2,000 hours at 110 degrees C with little to no change in electro-optic activity in our materials, which is a significant milestone. To our knowledge, this is something that has not been achieved before in any polymer. We are also concurrently coating prototype waveguides with our proprietary material system.


In February 2014 we received our first purchase order for our advanced organic nonlinear electro-optic polymer from Boulder Nonlinear Systems (BNS) of Boulder, Colorado in connection with the development of a next generation LADAR system.


In April 2014 we entered into a sole worldwide license agreement with Corning Incorporated enabling us to integrate Corning's organic electro-optical chromophores into our portfolio of electro-optic polymer materials. The agreement allows us to use the licensed patents within a defined license field that includes communications, computing, power, and power storage applications utilizing the nonlinear optical properties of their materials. We elected to exercise our termination rights under the agreement effective January 1, 2018.


In October 2014 we submitted an order with Reynard Corporation to produce gold-layered fused silica substrates for our bleached waveguide modulators to be coated with several of our organic electro-optical polymers, which we received in early November 2014 and performance tested throughout December 2014. In May 2015, we subsequently decided to eliminate this product from our commercial development plans due to its limited commercial value, low speed characteristics, difficulty to mass-produce and limited ability to integrate with existing architectures. In lieu of this development program, a commercially viable prototype ridge waveguide modulator program was started to replace the bleached waveguide development. We believe that the ridge waveguide modulator represents a viable telecom device opportunity for the Company that does not have the inherent limitations seen in bleached waveguide structures.




6



 


In August 2015 we completed 2,500 hours of thermal aging tests of several blends of materials created by our multi-chromophore process, which included lengthy exposure to high temperatures (85 0 C and 110 0 C). The data collected indicated minimal loss of electro-optical activity (R 33 ) of our materials, which means that our organic polymers are expected to provide decades of operational performance. These results exceed previously published efforts for other organic polymers and are an important part of our commercialization effort as we begin to implement these material systems into advanced photonic devices for the telecom and datacom markets.


Additionally, in August 2015, we completed 500+ hours of photochemical stability testing of our material candidates by exposing them to the visible light spectrum. The data collected indicated no discernible change in the chemical structures in an oxygen free environment. This stability testing was begun to help us understand more clearly the processing and manufacturing requirements of our future commercial products, and provide initial assurances to expect the same results as we move these materials into actual photonic device structures. This, in turn, has enabled us to begin initial device testing on devices that utilize our silicon photonic chips.


In October 2015, we successfully surpassed 2,000 hours of photochemical stability testing of our material candidates with little to no change in the electro-optic characteristics (R 33 ) of our material; and, in January 2016, we successfully surpassed 4,000 hours of photochemical stability testing of our material candidates with little to no change in the electro-optic characteristics (R 33 ) of our material. These photochemical stability test results, along with the thermal stability at 110°C, should enable our Company to demonstrate that organic polymers can compete head-to-head with inorganic crystalline legacy telecom and datacom devices which currently provide the backbone for the entire infrastructure that converts almost incalculable amounts of electronic (binary) data into pulses of light and back on a daily basis.


In November of 2015, we successfully fabricated ridge waveguide structures from our core material system. At the same time, we successfully developed a proprietary methodology to segment individual chips from our silicon wafers that contain our ridge waveguide devices. These critical steps in our process provide us with a clear path towards a commercial telecommunication device. These same processes can be used for the fabrication of modulators to be used in data centers. The individual chips are now being analyzed and passively tested in our Longmont, CO optical test facility.


In February 2016, we successfully guided laser single-mode light through 16 of our passive ridge waveguides made entirely out of our advanced organic polymer systems, which are the building block of waveguide modulators that can achieve high modulator performance. As a result, our commercialization effort has entered the next phases of development: passive-waveguide loss measurements, followed by the development and active testing of electro-optic modulators. Utilizing continuous-wave input laser light, electro-optic modulators convert digital (binary) electrical data into output pulses of light that can be transported across fiber optic communication networks. Active testing is accomplished by applying an electrical signal to a modulator and evaluating the resulting output optical signal.


In April 2016, we  successfully achieved modulation of light in our first in-house all-polymer ridge waveguide modulator prototype. This important step towards commercialization proved that our proprietary organic electro-optic  polymer systems could modulate light in an in-house designed and produced polymer ridge waveguide modulator. We expect this significant achievement to eventually lead to high-speed, low input voltage modulators capable of penetrating the current market. We are still testing and modifying the poling profiles in prototype devices to duplicate the results seen in previous Teng-Man R 33  material testing.


In May 2016, we broadened our photonic device development to include our new P 2 IC™ (Polymer Photonics Integrated Circuit) design platform.   The P 2 IC™ design platform utilizes high-speed ridge waveguide and slot waveguide modulator designs that scale up in performance as well as down in cost structure. Furthermore, the Lightwave Logic P 2 IC™ design platform combines the best of Polymer Photonics with the best of Silicon Photonics (SiP) to create a powerful, yet scalable platform that addresses the desires of both the telecom and datacom industries. 

 

In August 2016, we gained enormous industry exposure for our first organic electro-optic polymer-enabled prototype photonic device when our board member, Michael Lebby, Ph.D., presented to the Prestigious European Conference on Optical Communication (ECOC) Exhibition, the scientific and economic case for our Company's high-performance polymer photonics for next-generation photonic integrated circuits as future competition for installed legacy photonic devices and emerging silicon photonic systems.

 



7



 


In August 2016, we obtained highly successful independent third-party verification of our organic polymer thin film properties from Metricon, a Company that specializes in making precision instruments designed to obtain optical measurements on thin film materials and optical waveguides. Metricon concluded a battery of scientific tests to verify the inherent properties of several of our advanced organic electro-optic polymer materials, which are currently being implemented into a series of photonic devices. Measurements by Metricon of several planar waveguide samples determined that our polymer thin film materials at 1550 nm (Telecom frequency band) should exceed industry requirements that target overall device loss at <4 dB/cm. Additionally, Metricon was also able to provide very accurate refractive index measurements on our Company’s materials, which is very important for designing high-speed multi-layer polymer modulators.


In December 2016, we achieved high-speed modulation in our first all-organic polymer ridge waveguide intensity modulator prototype, which constituted one of the most significant moments in the history of our Company. Our initial "alpha" prototype device, enabled by our P2IC™ polymer system, demonstrated bandwidth suitable for data rates up to about 10 Gbps. This performance exceeds the telecom OC-48 standard (2.5 Gbps). This device demonstrated true amplitude (intensity) modulation in a Mach-Zehnder modulator structure incorporating our polymer waveguides.


In April 2017 we achieved bandwidth suitable for 25Gbps data rates in an all-organic polymer ridge waveguide intensity modulator prototype, a significant improvement over our initial 10Gbps device modulator prototype. This breakthrough was significant because a 25Gbps data rate is important to the optical networking industry because this data rate is a major node to achieve 100 Gbps (using 4 channels of 25 Gbps). In July 2017 we advanced our high-speed modulation performance to satisfy 28Gbps data rates for QSFP28 standards and 100Gbps data center applications.


In September 2017 we achieved outstanding performance of our ridge waveguide Mach-Zehnder modulators ahead of schedule, with bandwidth performance levels that will enable 50Gbps modulation in fiber-optic communications. This important achievement will allow users to utilize arrays of 4 x 50Gbps polymer modulators using PAM-4 encoding to access 400Gbps data rate systems. Pulse-Amplitude Modulation (PAM-4) is an encoding scheme that can double the amount of data that can be transmitted.


In February 2018 we began the transition of moving our Newark, Delaware synthetic laboratory and our Longmont, Colorado optical testing laboratory and corporate headquarters to our new office, laboratory and research and development space located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, Colorado. The new 13,420 square feet Englewood facility includes fully functional 1,000 square feet of class 1,000 cleanroom, 500 square feet of class 10,000 cleanroom, chemistry laboratories, and analytic laboratories. The new Englewood facility streamlines all of our Company’s research and development workflow for greater operational efficiencies. We expect to complete t he transition of moving our Newark, Delaware synthetic laboratory and our Longmont, Colorado optical testing laboratory and corporate headquarters to the new Englewood facility by the end of March 2018.


As we move forward through 2018, we expect to continue building our world-class design team for both polymer materials and integrated photonics technology platform to further optimize our P 2 IC™ platform. With the now consolidated facility in Englewood, Colorado, we will complete our clean-room and laboratories so that we can keep key technologies and processes internal to the Company. We will package our modulators for customer evaluation, and will continue to design our polymers for improved data rates and lower power operation. We will engage with customers to fine tune our technology to meet customer expectations, and we will scale our technology to provide cost effective technological solutions for the fiber communications market segments. We will partner with other companies as necessary, e.g. our packaging partner in 2017/18 is allowing us to move quickly towards customer prototypes.


The Global Photonic Device Market


General Overview


Lightwave Logic has been reviewing the latest market data as well as its own internal data for its business strategy, and below we detail the global market dynamics both in terms of data traffic as well as how PIC based technologies will grow in the fiber communications segment of the market.




8



 


As we have already seen with products such as smart phones, lap top computers, and personal digital assistants (PDAs), Internet traffic is one of the important metrics that is being used to show activity in fiber communications, and particularly telecommunications as well as datacommunications (which includes datacenters and high-performance computing). Internet Protocol (IP) traffic has typically been used to gauge the amount of data that is being used on the internet as shown in the graph below (sourced from Cisco VNI in 2018). The metric is Exabytes per month. An Exabyte is 1E18 which is 1000 Petabytes, or 1000,000 Terabytes or a billion Gigabytes of data. As seen from the graph which has a strong growth of 22% CAGR (2015-2020), the majority of the traffic is being driven by video, traffic, and is fast approaching the metric of Zetta which is 1E21 bytes of data. Some estimates are discussing the further metric of Yotta which is 1E24 bytes of data over the next decade, which is also expected to be driven for the most part by video.

[LWLG_10K002.GIF]


Within the overall market trends of IP traffic growth, the internet will need to be able to support high volumes of data traffic. In order to do this, the fiber-optic infrastructure that allows data to be communicated between network nodes such as datacenters, within datacenters, and optical network switches etc., has to be upgraded. Today, fiber-optic networks are a combination of long, medium and short optical interconnects that range from 3 meters (or 1yard) to over 1000km depending on application in the optical network. Optical components, typically known as photonics components are used to build the fiber-optic infrastructure and consist of things like: laser diode, photodetectors, multipliers, modulators, transceivers etc. These are known as discrete components, while a mix of these components that are integrated or connected on a single substrate (such as silicon, InP, GaAs etc.) are called PICs (Photonic Integrated Components). The summary photonics market has been reviewed in 2017 and is shown below. The summary photonics market is forecast to grow to $43B by 2025 with a 7% CAGR (20-25) that includes both discrete and PIC photonic components. The summary photonics components market is forecasted to reach $21B in 2017.


[LWLG_10K004.GIF]


Within the summary photonics components market, three major segments exist: WAN (wide area networks), access, and Datacom. The WAN segment is forecast to grow to $27B by 2025 with a 19% CARG (20-25) and the Datacom segment is forecast to grow to $12.1B by 2025 with 22% CAGR (20-25). As can be seen from the graph below, the growth of the WAN and Datacom segments is forecasted to be very strong over the next decade and provide the engine for growth in the overall global photonics components market.




9



 


[LWLG_10K006.GIF]


One of the key metrics that is needed for any overall market analysis is how photonics components will grow over the next decade from a PIC perspective. This is important as the trend to integrate photonics components is beginning to accelerate. The trend has been driven by customer applications that require smaller photonic component solutions, lower power, high data rates, larger buildings for longer interconnect lengths, and more economic in terms of $/Gbps. PIC technologies, i.e. those technologies that include integrated photonics are forecasted to grow to ~$30B by 2025 with 16% CAGR (20-25). These technologies include InP which is the current incumbent, GaAs, and other newer integrated technology solutions such as SiP (silicon photonics), polymer photonics, and dielectric photonics. The forecast of ~$30B is approximately 69% of the summary photonics components market by 2025, which represents a huge acceleration for PIC based technologies over the next decade. This also means while PIC based technologies are $7B today with 24% of the photonics components market, PIC based technologies become de facto by 2025.

 

[LWLG_10K008.GIF]


While the rise of PIC based technologies is exciting, what also is exciting in the photonics component market is the rise of fiber-optic transceivers. Transceivers are small boxes located at the end of each fiber-optic link that house photonics components and PIC components which send and receive data. While the global overall photonic components market is expected to reach $43B by 2025, the photonics transceivers sub-segment is forecasted to grow to $25B by this time. This represents that transceivers will accelerate to 58% of the global overall photonics market by 2025 and become a major driver for optical networking over the next decade.


[LWLG_10K010.GIF]



10



 



The key segments in photonics based fiber-optic transceivers achieved $11.3B in 2017 with growth from 9 different segments that include: AOC, CATV, Fibre Channel, DWDM, Ethernet-datacom, WAN-client side, Radio etc., based transceivers. Three of these segments are forecasted to grow very well to achieve revenues of $25B by 2025, with the biggest contributions from DWDM, Ethernet-datacom, and WAN-client based transceivers.


[LWLG_10K012.GIF]


The transceiver growth shows which sub-segments that will utilize small boxes at the ends of fiber-optic interconnects, it is well known that transceiver trends over the past decade have been towards smaller boxes i.e. smaller transceiver formats and footprints (such as SFF, SFP, QSFP, and many others), with higher densities of photonics components designed into them. It is expected over the forecast period that transceivers will be an excellent platform for the accelerating trends of PICs in both telecom and datacom applications. The graph below shows the PIC transceiver forecast to 2025. PIC transceivers are forecast to reach $20B by 2025 with 17% CARG (20-25) growing from $3.2B in 2017. What is more interesting is that by about 2021, PIC transceivers will lead discrete photonic component transceivers from a revenue standpoint. This means that the trend to integrate photonics components inside a transceiver is accelerating quickly, driven by the customer interest for smaller, denser, and higher performance metrics of transceivers. This trend is ideal for our polymer based integrated photonics platform to have a huge impact in the market segment over the next decade.


[LWLG_10K014.GIF]


Within the PIC transceivers market there are a number of sub-segments that summate to $20B by 2025. The major segments that drive this forecast are Ethernet, DWDM, and WAN-client-side applications as can be seen from the graph below. In particular these segments are technologically driven by PIC based technologies that operate at 100Gbps and 400Gbps data rates that generally are considered high performance solutions.




11



 


[LWLG_10K016.GIF]


Data rates and high performance of transceivers can be seen by the graph below which depicts PIC based technologies in the Ethernet sub-segment. For Ethernet applications only, transceivers are driven by 100GE based PIC technologies. The market is forecast with 100GE to grow to $4.5B by 2025 with 6% CAGR (20-25) and with 400GE to grow to $0.98B by 2025 with 16% CAGR (20-25). This is a clear drive for the PIC based transceivers in the Ethernet application is 100GE over the forecast period and sets the scene for polymer based integrated photonics to have the opportunity to grow extremely quickly.


[LWLG_10K018.GIF]


As the Company is developing polymer based photonic devices such as fiber-optic modulators, these devices translate electric signals into optical signals and allow laser based technology to operate effectively at 50Gbps and beyond. Lasers with modulator are used in fiber communication systems to transfer data over fiber-optic networks today and are expected to be a key driver in photonics components for PIC based technological solutions over the next decade. Optical data transfer using lasers and modulators is significantly faster and more efficient than transfer technologies using only electric signals, permitting more cost-effective use of bandwidth for broadband Internet and voice services.


Our Target Markets


Cloud computing and data centers


Big data is a general term used to describe the voluminous amount of unstructured and semi-structured data a Company creates -- data that would take too much time and cost too much money to load into a relational database for analysis. Companies are looking to cloud computing in their data centers to access all the data. Inherent speed and bandwidth limits of traditional solutions and the potential of organic polymer devices offer an opportunity to increase the bandwidth, reduce costs and improve speed of access.




12



 


The overall square footage in datacenters has been growing rapidly over the past 5 years, and is expected to continue this trend over the next decade. Data centers are confronted with the problem of moving vast amounts of data not only around the data center itself, but also between data centers. The size of these data center “links” are often measured in kilometers and employ optical modulators to convert stored electrical/binary information to optical and back. Links that are shorter than 500 meters and operate at approximately 10Gbps can employ “direct modulation,” which accomplishes modulation by mechanically turning a laser on and off. However, for links greater than 500 meters and higher data rates such as 25Gbps, 40Gbps, and beyond, it is necessary to employ optical modulators. We intend to target optical devices that are aimed at the 500m to 10km distance segment of the market that operate at 25Gbps and higher data rates. These are single mode fiber links and require polymer optical devices that operate in single optical mode. While some data center customers are planning their architectures using single mode fiber links even below 500m, others are focusing on cost-performance to make their decisions for their particular architectures. Our technology is both single mode and scalable in both increased data rates and low cost, which means that it can be implemented in either data center application depending on how we achieve the customer metrics and specifications. We believe that our single mode modulator solutions will not only be competitive at 500m to 10km link distances at 25Gbps data rates and beyond, but also at distances below 500m at 25Gbps and beyond depending on the customer architecture designs.


Telecommunications/Data Communications


The telecommunications industry has evolved from transporting traditional analogue voice data over copper wire into the movement of digital voice and data. Telecommunication companies are faced with the enormous increasing challenges to keep up with the resulting tremendous explosion in demand for bandwidth. This has been further exacerbated by a recent trend for content providers to store large amounts of data closer to the end user. This results in enormous demands on telecommunication metro networks (less than 10 Kilometers in length) and their ability to facilitate the transportation of content.


We believe that our ridge waveguide modulator, when completed will have the potential to address several segments within telecommunications networks.


Industry issues of scaling



The key issues facing the fiber-optic communications industry are the economic progress and scalability of any PIC based technological platform. The polymer platform is unique in that it is truly scalable. Scalable means being able to scale up for high speed data rates, while simultaneously being able to scale down in cost. This allows a competitive cost per data rate or cost per Gbps metric to be achieved.


Fiber optic datacentre and high-performance computing customers want to achieve the metric of $1/Gbps @ 400Gbps (this essentially means a single mode fiber optic link that has a total cost of $400 and operates with a data rate of 400Gbps à which also means that each transceiver at each end of the fiber optic link must be able to be priced at $200), but as industry tries to match this target, it is already falling behind as can be seen in the Figure below which plots generic typical PIC based technology:


[LWLG_10K020.GIF]




13



 


In the above figures (where the left-hand graph is a linear vertical scale, and the right-hand graph is a log scale), it can be seen that the orange curve plots the customer expectation, while the other color curves show $/Gbps improvement over time for various high-speed data rate transceivers using PIC based technologies. A gap is appearing between what customer expect and what the technologists can produce.


Polymers play an important role in PICs over the next decade as they can reduce or close the gap between customer expectations and technical performance through effective scaling increase of high performance with low cost. This is shown in the Figure below how polymers have the potential to scale to the needs of the customers over the next 3-5years.


[LWLG_10K022.GIF]  


Some of the things needed to achieve the scaling performance of polymers in n integrated photonics platform is within sight today:


1)

Increased r33 (which leads to very low Vpi in modulator devices) and we are currently optimizing our polymers for this.

2)

Increase temperature stability so that the polymers can operate at broader temperature ranges effective, where we have made significant progress over the past few years.

3)

Low optical loss in waveguides and active/passive devices for improved optical budget metrics which is currently an ongoing development program at our Company

4)

Higher levels of hermeticity for lower cost packaging of optical sub-assemblies within a transceiver module, where our advanced designs are being implemented into polymer-based packages.


Our Business Strategy


Our business strategy anticipates that our revenue stream will be derived from one or some combination of the following: (i) technology licensing for specific product application; (ii) joint venture relationships with significant industry leaders; or (iii) the production and direct sale of our own electro-optic device components. Our objective is to be a leading provider of proprietary technology and know-how in the electro-optic device market. In order to meet this objective, we intend to:


 

·

Further the development of proprietary organic electro-optic polymer material systems

 

·

Develop photonic devices based on our P 2 IC TM technology

 

·

Continue to develop proprietary intellectual property

 

·

Continue to add device development capabilities

 

·

Continue to add to material development capabilities

 

·

Maintain/develop strategic relationships with major telecommunications and data communications companies to further the awareness and commercialization of our technology.

 

·

Continue to add high-level science and technology personnel in key areas of our materials and device development programs.




14



 


Create Organic Polymer-Enabled Electro-Optic Modulators


We intend to utilize our proprietary optical polymer technology to create an initial portfolio of commercially feasible electro-optic polymer product devices and applications for various markets, including telecommunications, data communications and data centers.


We expect our initial product device line will be a high-speed 4 x 25 Gbps ridge waveguide modulator to compete in the growing 100 Gbps modulator market.


Continue to Expand Our Intellectual Property Portfolio and Reliance on Trade Secrets


We plan to continuously advance the development of unique organic electro-optic polymer materials along with proprietary designs and device configurations. We intend to protect our technology by filing patent applications where appropriate or by obtaining exclusive technology rights where available. However, in some cases, we will refrain from protecting certain proprietary with patents in favor of trade secrets.


Maintain/Develop Strategic Relationships Private Firms, and Academic Institutions


Since the formation of our Company, we have had numerous strategic relationships with government agencies that have provided us with funding and access to important technology. From the time that we developed our own in-house testing capability and Class 100 clean room facility in Longmont, Colorado we have attempted to minimize outside academic and government agency relationships.


After completion of our initial prototype ridge waveguide, we will seek to enter into partnership/JV discussions with outside parties to co-develop a slot waveguide modulator.


Continue to Recruit Technical Expertise


In December 2011, we retained Dr. Frederick Leonberger, PhD as our Senior Advisor. Dr. Leonberger is the former Chief Technology Officer of JDS Uniphase, Inc. We previously retained EOvation Advisors LLC, a technology and business advisory firm founded by Dr. Frederick Leonberger, as a consultant to the Company. Dr. Leonberger is presently assisting our Company with strategic planning and the design of optical modulators that we intend to develop. In May 2017, Dr. Leonberger was elected to our Board of Directors and serves as a member of the operations committee and assists with the technical direction and strategy of the company.


Our Research and Development Process


Our research and development process consist of the following steps:


 

·

We develop novel polymer materials utilizing our patented and patent pending technology to meet certain performance specifications. We then develop methods to synthesize larger quantities of such material.

 

·

We conduct a full battery of tests at the completion of the synthesis of each new polymer material to evaluate its characteristics. We also create development strategies to optimize materials to meet specifications for specific applications. We model and simulate each new polymer material so that we can further understand how to optimize the material for device operation.

 

·

We integrate data from the material characterization and test results to fabricate devices. We analyze device-testing results to refine and improve fabrication processes and methods. In addition, we investigate alternative material and design variations to possibly create more efficient fabrication processes.

 

·

We create an initial device design using simulation software. Following device fabrication, we run a series of optical and electronic tests on the device.


We have and expect to continue to make significant operating and capital expenditures for research and development. Our research and development expenses were $3,519,129 and $2,474,689 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.




15



 


Our Proprietary Products in Development


As part of a two-pronged marketing strategy, our Company is developing several optical devices, which are in various stages of development and that utilize our organic nonlinear optical materials. They include:


Ridge Waveguide Modulator


Our ridge electro-optic waveguide modulator was designed and fabricated in our Longmont, Colorado laboratory. The fabrication of our first in-house device is significant to our entire device program and is an important starting point for modulators that are being developed for target markets. We have multiple generations of new materials that we will soon be optimizing for this specific design. In September 2017 we announced that our initial alpha prototype ridge waveguide modulator, enabled by our P 2 IC™ polymer system, demonstrated bandwidth performance levels that will enable 50Gbps modulation in fiber-optic communications. This device demonstrated true amplitude (intensity) modulation in a Mach-Zehnder modulator structure incorporating our polymer waveguides. This important achievement will allow users to utilize arrays of 4 x 50Gbps polymer modulators using PAM-4 encoding to access 400Gbps data rate systems. Pulse-Amplitude Modulation (PAM-4) is an encoding scheme that can double the amount of data that can be transmitted. These ridge waveguide modulators are currently being packaged with our partner and will be available for evaluation by potential customers in 2018. In parallel, we are simulating and modeling the modulators for scalability to higher data rates above 50Gbps and lower cost structures that will be competitive with incumbent technology. This provides our technology platform with higher levels of scalability and will provide potential customers with technological solutions that they are currently looking for.


The ridge waveguide modulator represents our first commercially viable device, and targets metro networks (< 10Km) within large scale telecommunications and data communications networks and represents at least a $300M per year market opportunity for us.


Slot Waveguide Modulator


Our functional polymer photonics slot waveguide modulator utilizes an existing modulator structure with one of our proprietary electro-optic polymer material systems as the enabling material layer, and is functional as an operating prototype device.


Preliminary testing and initial data on our polymer photonics slot waveguide modulators demonstrated several promising characteristics. The tested polymer photonic chip had a 1-millimeter square footprint, enabling the possibility of sophisticated integrated optical circuits on a single silicon substrate. In addition, the waveguide structure was approximately 1/20 the length of a typical inorganic-based silicon photonics modulator waveguide.


With the combination of our proprietary electro-optic polymer material and the extremely high optical field concentration in the slot waveguide modulator, the test modulators demonstrated less than 2.2 volts to operate. Initial speeds exceeded 30-35 GHz in the telecom, 1550 nanometer frequency band. This is equivalent to four, 10Gb/sec, inorganic, lithium niobate modulators that would require approximately 12-16 volts to move the same amount of information.


Our material also operates in the 1550 nanometer frequency band, which is suitable for data communications applications. We continued with our collaborative development of our SOH/ Polymer photonic slot waveguide modulator in 2014 and continued our collaboration with an associated third-party research group in 2017 and expect to see initial results in 2018.


Our Long-Term Device Development Goal - Multichannel Integrated Nanophotonic Transceiver


While we consider our ridge waveguide and slot waveguide modulators currently under development to be commercially viable products, in another sense they are intermediate steps in the development of our long-term goal a multichannel integrated nanophotonic transceiver for application in data communications.




16



 


The transceiver consists of a silicon photonic chip fabricated with nonlinear polymer infused modulators (polymer photonic), multiplexers, demultiplexers, detectors and grating fiber couplers to an external light source. The CMOS-compatible optical modulators are key components for future silicon-based photonic transceivers. Our solution, the silicon-organic hybrid (polymer photonic) platform has been proposed and is being prototyped. In the polymer photonic approach, the optical signal is guided by a silicon waveguide while an organic cladding provides the electro-optic effect.


Other Potential Applications for Our Products


We believe that there are myriad potential applications for our organic polymer materials and devices outside of our initial focus of data communications, telecommunications and data centers. These potential applications encompass areas as diverse as military, space, optical computing, and life sciences. We believe that as viable organic polymer materials gain acceptance, their increased flexibility, functionality and low cost will create new applications that may not yet be technically feasible. Two such future applications with revolutionary potential are:


All-Optical Switches


An all-optical switch is one that enables signals in optical fibers or networks to be selectively switched from one fiber or circuit to another. Many device designs have been developed and commercialized in today’s telecom networks to effect optical switching by using mechanical or electrical control elements to accomplish the switching event. Future networks will require all-optical switches that can be more rapidly activated with a low energy and short duration optical (light) control pulse.


Multi-Channel Optical Modem


The availability of low cost electro-optic modulators will enable low cost multichannel optical modems that will use many wavelengths in parallel and employ high efficiency modulation techniques such as QAM (quadrature amplitude modulation). Such modems would enable an order of magnitude increase in the Internet capacity of legacy fiber. Our Company is in the early feasibility stage of such a multichannel optical modem.


Our Past Government Program Participation


Our Company has been a participant in several vital government sponsored research and development programs with various government agencies that protect the interests of our country. The following is a list of some of the various divisions of government agencies that have provided us with advisory, financial and/or materials support in the pursuit of high-speed electro-optic materials. We are not currently partnered with, strategically related to, or financially supported by any governmental agency at this time, however, we may explore future opportunities as our Company grows and gains the additional resources and personnel necessary to support these efforts. Our previous relationships included:


 

·

National Reconnaissance Office (NRO)

 

·

Properties Branch of the Army Research Laboratory on the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Aberdeen, Maryland.

 

·

Defense Advance Research Project Agency (DARPA)

 

·

Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division in China Lake, California

 

·

Air Force Research Laboratory at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio




17



 


Our Competition


Competitive Technologies - PIC Based Technologies


PIC technologies have historically been driven using III-V compound semiconductors, namely InP, although GaAs remains a strong PIC platform, and is expected to strengthen via the VCSEL based 3D sensing applications. Indium Phosphide has been used since the 1980s as the first PIC platform with laser modulator chips where both the laser and modulator were fabricated monolithically. Since the 1980s, there have been InP based transmitters, receivers, and other functional elements that all support the fiber-communications industry. In fact, over the past 3 decades it has the been the fiber communications industry that has driven the increased performance, miniaturization and simplicity in packaging for PIC based technologies. Also, back in the 1980s, ‘optoelectronics’ was the key word to describe having both electronic and photonic functions or devices on a single chip. This was known in early publications as an optoelectronics integrated circuit (OEIC). Today optoelectronics is synonymous with ‘photonics’, and hence the common-place use of ‘photonics integrated circuits’ for PICs.


In the below figure, it can be seen in red that the incumbent technology for PICs is InP. InP is capable of providing a number of devices and opportunities in both electronics as well as photonics. InP main weakness from a function standpoint is that although it can provide HFETs, JFETs, bipolar electronic devices, it has not been able to successfully penetrate LSI, or VLSI with digital IC circuitry. Chips such as ASICs are not practically available with the InP platform – mostly due to advancement in electronic transistor design, and also through limited maturity in large format wafer manufacturing. Today the majority of InP fabrication is based on 4” or 100mm wafers, and only in the past year have folks been seriously looking at 6” or 150mm InP wafer infrastructure. From the photonics standpoint, there are very good reasons why InP is the incumbent technology – it provides world class performance in lasers, modulators, simple electronics such as drivers and TIAs (transimpedance amplifiers), as well as highly performing active and passive devices such as SOAs, waveguides, spot-size converters, and mux/demux blocks such as AWG and Eschelle gratings.



[LWLG_10K024.GIF]




18



 


Over the past decade, the rise of silicon-based photonics has accelerated quickly (as can be seen in blue in the Figure). Silicon has a huge history in electronics, and it’s been said by many that if the existing infrastructure could be utilized effectively, then the cost of producing photonics with similar fabrication, design, testing, and simulation tools, would become competitive with the current incumbent technology: InP. As can be seen by the figure, silicon is capable of handling many photonics devices in addition to all electronic functionality with CMOS and BiCMOS based technologies. The only photonic device that remains impossible (at least for the time being) is the emitter or laser where light is generated. This has spawned a new segment for silicon photonics (SiP) where engineers and scientists have developed creative ways to implement InP into device, wafer, and epi-designs that are silicon based. These solutions are typically referred to as heterogeneous solutions where both InP and silicon are utilized to create PIC platforms with emitter or laser-based functionality.


While the red area of the Figure represents the incumbent technology InP, the blue areas, Silicon Photonics, the middle areas that are shaded green represent PIC based technologies that can utilize either III-V compound semiconductor platforms such as InP, GaAs, even GaN, as well as silicon platforms such as silicon wafers, and various combinations of silicon-based materials such as SOI (silicon on insulator), SiGe etc. The green areas are represented by both polymers and dielectric materials that can be deposited onto either silicon or III-V material wafers. These combinations of technology allow flexibility in PIC designs where both polymers and dielectrics can provide a multitude of active and passive photonic devices such as: waveguides (W/G), spot size converters (SSC), modulators (such as Mach Zehnder and slot types), multipliers and demultipliers (Mux/Demux variants such as AWGs, MMI, and Echelle gratings). The interesting part of the polymer and dielectric technology is that combinations of active and passive devices can be mixed and matched with either III-V compound devices as well as silicon based, heterogeneous based devices to design more effective and efficient PICs. For polymers, very low voltage can be utilized for low cost, low power consumption, very high-speed modulators that can be deposited onto a semiconductor platform. For dielectric photonics, very low temperature sensitivity mux/demux devices (such as athermal designs) can be deposited onto a semiconductor platform. As can be seen from the Figure, polymer and dielectric technology suffers from that the fact that high density ICs and laser-based emitters are not available but could be integrated with the appropriate designs for the PIC with III-V compound semiconductors and/or silicon based technology that have both DSP/ASIC type circuits and laser emitters.


PIC technologies have a number various and broad applications as can be seen by the Figure below. In this Figure applications range from fiber optic communications, self-driving vehicles, sensing, internet of things, bio-photonics, healthcare, industrial, military, high performance computing etc.


[LWLG_10K026.GIF]




19



 


PIC technologies are based upon semiconductor wafers (such as III-V compound semiconductors – InP, GaAs etc.) as well as silicon wafers (which can be tailored to become SiGe heterogeneous, SOI, etc.). As these platforms are semiconductor based, the wafers are processed in fabs or fabrication facilities to produce devices. As a general rule, silicon has the largest wafers with 8” (200mm) and 12” (300mm) format discs. GaAs typically is running 3” (75mm), 4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) wafers in production fabs or fabrication plants around the world. There is an expectation that GaAs will eventually move to 8” (200mm) wafers in the next 5 years. InP is in production today on 2” (50mm), 3” (75mm) and 4” (100mm) wafers with an expectation to move to 6” (150mm) in the next 5 years. Heterogeneous solutions with silicon photonics that utilize materials such as SiGe and InP are typically 8” (200mm) and 12” (300mm) format wafers. Polymer photonics can be deposited on either III-V compound semiconductor wafers as well as silicon wafers which makes it suitable for the next generation of PIC based technological platforms for the fiber communications industry.


The supply chain for the PIC industry starts with the wafer development and continues through epitaxial growth, device fabrication, optical sub-assembly, module or transceiver builds, and sub-systems which are implemented into optical networking applications. Within these supply chain segments, a number of combinations of technology can be utilized. For example, CMOS IC circuits can be fabricated onto silicon wafers together with silicon photonics, heterogeneous solutions, that could have the advantage of polymer active devices, and dielectric passive devices on board. InP may be combined with polymer photonics to house on-board or on-wafer emitters to source light for the optical signaling with modulators. Included in the wafers can be combinations of electrical and optical circuitry. Electrical circuitry is usually set up as both as single as well as multilevel interconnects. Optical circuitry is usually set up as a waveguide or optical layer as part of the device fabrication design. PICs can interconnect electrical devices with photonic devices, and also increase chip functionality through the use of electrical and optical active and passive device solutions. Polymer technologies can provide active device function through for example Mach Zehnder modulators, as well as providing passive device function with waveguides, multipliers, and demultipliers.


Competitors


The markets we are targeting for our electro-optic polymer technology are intensely competitive. Among the largest fiber-optic component manufactures are Finisar, Lumentum, Oclaro, NeoPhotonics, Molex, Avago. Additionally, the five largest inorganic modulator component manufacturers hold approximately 85% of the electro-optic modulator component market. They are Lumentum, Sumitomo, Oclaro, Fujitsu and ThorLabs. These companies are heavily invested in the production of crystalline-based electro-optic modulator technologies, as well as the development of novel manufacturing techniques and modulator designs.


Our Plan to Compete


We believe that as our organic polymer technology gains industry acceptance, we will be poised to obtain a significant portion of the component manufacturing market. Electro-optic polymers demonstrate several advantages over other technologies, such as inorganic-based technologies, due to their reduced manufacturing and processing costs, higher performance and lower power requirements. Our patented organic polymers and future electro-optic photonic devices have demonstrated significant stability advantages over our known competitor's materials.


We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets are:


 

·

The ability to develop and commercialize highly stable optical polymer-based materials and optical devices in commercial quantities.

 

·

The ability to obtain appropriate patent and proprietary rights protection.

 

·

Lower cost, high production yield for these products.

 

·

The ability to enable integration and implement advanced technologies.

 

·

Strong sales and marketing, and distribution channels for access to products.


We believe that our current business planning will position our Company to compete adequately with respect to these factors. Our future success is difficult to predict because we are an early stage company with all of our potential products still in development.




20



 


Many of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater research and product development capabilities and financial, scientific, marketing and human resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may:


 

·

Succeed in developing products that are equal to or superior to our potential products or that achieve greater market acceptance than our potential products.

 

·

Devote greater resources to developing, marketing or selling their products.

 

·

Respond quickly to new or emerging technologies or scientific advances and changes in customer requirements, which could render our technologies or potential products obsolete.

 

·

Introduce products that make the continued development of our potential products uneconomical.

 

·

Obtain patents that block or otherwise inhibit our ability to develop and commercialize our potential products.

 

·

Withstand price competition more successfully than we can.

 

·

Establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that enhance their ability to address the needs of our prospective customers.

 

·

Take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities more readily than we can.


Our Laboratory Facilities


Our principal executive offices and research and development facility is located at our new office, laboratory and research and development space located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, Colorado. The new 13,420 square feet Englewood facility includes fully functional 1,000 square feet of class 1,000 cleanroom, 500 square feet of class 10,000 cleanroom, chemistry laboratories, and analytic laboratories. The new Englewood facility streamlines all of our Company’s research and development workflow for greater operational efficiencies. We expect to complete t he transition of moving our Newark, Delaware synthetic laboratory and our Longmont, Colorado optical testing laboratory and corporate headquarters to the new Englewood facility by the end of March 2018.


Employees


We currently have 14 full-time employees and 2 part-time employees, and we retain several independent contractors on an as-needed basis. Based on our current development plan we expect to add 3 to 6 additional full-time employees in 2018. We believe that we have good relations with our employees.


Properties and Laboratory Facilities


Our principal executive offices and research and development facility is located at our new office, laboratory and research and development space located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, Colorado. The new 13,420 square feet Englewood facility includes fully functional 1,000 square feet of class 1,000 cleanroom, 500 square feet of class 10,000 cleanroom, chemistry laboratories, and analytic laboratories. The new Englewood facility streamlines all of our Company’s research and development workflow for greater operational efficiencies. We expect to complete t he transition of moving our Newark, Delaware synthetic laboratory and our Longmont, Colorado optical testing laboratory and corporate headquarters to the new Englewood facility by the end of March 2018.


Legal Proceedings


We are not currently a party to or engaged in any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any litigation or threatened litigation of a material nature. However, we may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time.


Item 1A.

Risk Factors.


Investing in our common stock is risky. In addition to the other information contained in this annual report, you should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating our business and us. If any of the following events actually occur, our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. This could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also significantly impair our business operations and could result in a complete loss of your investment.




21



 


We have incurred substantial operating losses since our inception and will continue to incur substantial operating losses for the foreseeable future.


Since our inception, we have been engaged primarily in the research and development of our electro-optic polymer materials technologies and potential products. As a result of these activities, we incurred significant losses and experienced negative cash flow since our inception. We incurred a net loss of $5,749,382 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $4,407,208 for the year ended December 31, 2016. We anticipate that we will continue to incur operating losses through at least 2018.

 

 

We may not be able to generate significant revenue either through customer contracts for our potential products or technologies or through development contracts from the U.S. government or government subcontractors. We expect to continue to make significant operating and capital expenditures for research and development and to improve and expand production, sales, marketing and administrative systems and processes. As a result, we will need to generate significant revenue to achieve profitability. We cannot assure you that we will ever achieve profitability.


We are subject to the risks frequently experienced by early stage companies.


The likelihood of our success must be considered in light of the risks frequently encountered by early stage companies, especially those formed to develop and market new technologies. These risks include our potential inability to:


 

·

Establish product sales and marketing capabilities;

 

·

Establish and maintain markets for our potential products;

 

·

Identify, attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

 

·

Continue to develop and upgrade our technologies to keep pace with changes in technology and the growth of markets using polymer based materials;

 

·

Develop expanded product production facilities and outside contractor relationships;

 

·

Maintain our reputation and build trust with customers;

 

·

Scale up from small pilot or prototype quantities to large quantities of product on a consistent basis;

 

·

Contract for or develop the internal skills needed to master large volume production of our products; and

 

·

Fund the capital expenditures required to develop volume production due to the limits of our available financial resources.

 

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, and effectively transition from our focus on research and development activities to commercially successful products, our business could suffer.


Failure to manage growth of operations could harm our business. To date, a large number of our activities and resources have been directed at the research and development of our technologies and development of potential related products. The transition from a focus on research and development to being a vendor of products requires effective planning and management. Additionally, growth arising from the expected synergies from future acquisitions will require effective planning and management. Future expansion will be expensive and will likely strain management and other resources.


In order to effectively manage growth, we must:

 

 

·

Continue to develop an effective planning and management process to implement our business strategy;

 

·

Hire, train and integrate new personnel in all areas of our business; and

 

·

Expand our facilities and increase capital investments.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to accomplish these tasks effectively or otherwise effectively manage our growth.




22



 


We will require additional capital to continue to fund our operations and if we do not obtain additional capital, we may be required to substantially limit our operations.


Our business does not presently generate the cash needed to finance our current and anticipated operations. Based on our current operating plan and budgeted cash requirements, we believe that we have sufficient funds to finance our operations through September 2018; however, we will need to obtain additional future financing after that time to finance our operations until such time that we can conduct profitable revenue-generating activities. We expect that we will need to seek additional funding through public or private financings, including equity financings, and through other arrangements, including collaborative arrangements. Poor financial results, unanticipated expenses or unanticipated opportunities could require additional financing sooner than we expect. Other than with respect to the purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) we entered into with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC (“Lincoln Park”), we have no plans or arrangements with respect to the possible acquisition of additional financing, and such financing may be unavailable when we need it or may not be available on acceptable terms.


Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this annual report. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.


Additional financing may not be available to us, due to, among other things, our Company not having a sufficient credit history, income stream, profit level, asset base eligible to be collateralized, or market for its securities. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders may be reduced, and these securities may have rights superior to those of our common stock. If adequate funds are not available to satisfy our long-term capital requirements, or if planned revenues are not generated, we may be required to substantially limit our operations.


We are entering new markets, and if we fail to accurately predict growth in these new markets, we may suffer substantial losses.


We are devoting significant resources to engineer next-generation organic nonlinear optical materials and devices for future applications to be utilized by electro-optic device manufacturers, such as telecommunications component and systems manufacturers, networking and switching suppliers, semiconductor companies, aerospace companies and government agencies as well as our proprietary photonic devices, such as our Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuits P 2 IC TM . We expect to continue to develop products for these markets and to seek to identify new markets. These markets change rapidly, and we cannot assure you that they will grow or that we will be able to accurately forecast market demand, or lack thereof, in time to respond appropriately. Our investment of resources to develop products for these markets may either be insufficient to meet actual demand or result in expenses that are excessive in light of actual sales volumes. Failure to predict growth and demand accurately in new markets may cause us to suffer substantial losses. In addition, as we enter new markets, there is a significant risk that:

 

 

·

The market may not accept the price and/or performance of our products;

 

·

There may be issued patents we are not aware of that could block our entry into the market or could result in excessive litigation; and

 

·

The time required for us to achieve market acceptance of our products may exceed our capital resources that would require additional investment.


Our plan to develop relationships with strategic partners may not be successful.


Part of our business strategy is to maintain and develop strategic relationships with private firms, and to a lesser extent, government agencies and academic institutions, to conduct research and development of products and technologies. For these efforts to be successful, we must identify partners whose competencies complement ours. We must also successfully enter into agreements with them on terms attractive to us, and integrate and coordinate their resources and capabilities with our own. We may be unsuccessful in entering into agreements with acceptable partners or negotiating favorable terms in these agreements. Also, we may be unsuccessful in integrating the resources or capabilities of these partners. In addition, our strategic partners may prove difficult to work with or less skilled than we originally expected. If we are unsuccessful in our collaborative efforts, our ability to develop and market products could be severely limited.




23



 


The failure to establish and maintain collaborative relationships may have a materially adverse affect on our business.


We plan to sell many of our products directly to commercial customers or through potential industry partners. For example, we expect to sell our proprietary electro-optic polymer systems to electro-optic device manufacturers, such as telecommunications component and systems manufacturers, networking and switching suppliers, semiconductor companies, aerospace companies and government agencies. Our ability to generate revenues depends significantly on the extent to which potential customers and other potential industry partners develop, promote and sell systems that incorporate our products, which, of course, we cannot control. Any failure by potential customers and other potential industry partners to successfully develop and market systems that incorporate our products could adversely affect our sales. The extent to which potential customers and other industry partners develop, promote and sell systems incorporating our products is based on a number of factors that are largely beyond our ability to control.

 

We may participate in joint ventures that expose us to operational and financial risk.


We may participate in one or more joint ventures for the purpose of assisting us in carrying out our business expansion, especially with respect to new product and/or market development. We may experience with our joint venture partner(s) issues relating to disparate communication, culture, strategy, and resources. Further, our joint venture partner(s) may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours, exercise their rights in a way that prohibits us from acting in a manner which we would like, or they may be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under the joint venture or other agreements. We cannot assure you that the actions or decisions of our joint venture partners will not affect our operations in a way that hinders our corporate objectives or reduces any anticipated cost savings or revenue enhancement resulting from these ventures.


If we fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced products on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.


We plan to operate in a dynamic environment characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards and technological obsolescence. To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell products that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability and meet the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new products by our competitors, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards could render our anticipated products obsolete. Our failure to anticipate or timely develop products or technologies in response to technological shifts could adversely affect our operations. In particular, we may experience difficulties with product design, manufacturing, marketing or certification that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of products. If we fail to introduce products that meet the needs of our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion our Company will be adversely affected.


Our future growth will suffer if we do not achieve sufficient market acceptance of our organic nonlinear optical material products or our proprietary photonic devices.


We are developing our proprietary electro-optic polymer systems to be utilized by electro-optic device manufacturers, such as telecommunications component and systems manufacturers, networking and switching suppliers, semiconductor companies, aerospace companies and government agencies, as well as our proprietary photonic devices, such as our Polymer Photonic Integrated Circuits P 2 IC TM . All of our potential products are still in the development stage, and we do not know when a market for these products will develop, if at all. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to gain market acceptance of our products. To be accepted, our products must meet the technical and performance requirements of our potential customers. OEMs, suppliers or government agencies may not accept polymer-based products. In addition, even if we achieve some degree of market acceptance for our potential products in one industry, we may not achieve market acceptance in other industries for which we are developing products.


Achieving market acceptance for our products will require marketing efforts and the expenditure of financial and other resources to create product awareness and demand by customers. We may be unable to offer products that compete effectively due to our limited resources and operating history. Also, certain large corporations may be predisposed against doing business with a company of our limited size and operating history. Failure to achieve broad acceptance of our products by customers and to compete effectively would harm our operating results.

 



24



 


Our potential customers require our products to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification process, which does not assure product sales.


Prior to purchasing our products, our potential customers will require that our products undergo extensive qualification processes. These qualification processes may continue for several months or more. However, qualification of a product by a customer does not assure any sales of the product to that customer. Even after successful qualification and sales of a product to a customer, a subsequent revision to the product, changes in our customer’s manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may require a new qualification process, which may result in additional delays. Also, once one of our products is qualified, it could take several additional months or more before a customer commences volume production of components or devices that incorporate our products. Despite these uncertainties, we are devoting substantial resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of our products to a customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer.


Obtaining a sales contract with a potential customer does not guarantee that a potential customer will not decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenue from a product and adversely affect our results of operations.


Even after we secure a sales contract with a potential customer, we may experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of a lengthy development cycle that may be required. Potential customers will likely take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products; it could take 12 to 24 months from early engagement by our sales team to actual product sales. The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce or delay its product plans, causing us to lose anticipated sales. In addition, any delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense and generated no revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market and sell their products could reduce demand for our products and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we were unable to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any of our products, our business would suffer.


Many of our products will have long sales cycles, which may cause us to expend resources without an acceptable financial return and which makes it difficult to plan our expenses and forecast our revenue.


Many of our products will have long sales cycles that involve numerous steps, including initial customer contacts, specification writing, engineering design, prototype fabrication, pilot testing, regulatory approvals (if needed), sales and marketing and commercial manufacture. During this time, we may expend substantial financial resources and management time and effort without any assurance that product sales will result. The anticipated long sales cycle for some of our products makes it difficult to predict the quarter in which sales may occur. Delays in sales may cause us to expend resources without an acceptable financial return and make it difficult to plan expenses and forecast revenues.


Successful commercialization of our current and future products will require us to maintain a high level of technical expertise.


Technology in our target markets is undergoing rapid change. To succeed in our target markets, we will have to establish and maintain a leadership position in the technology supporting those markets. Accordingly, our success will depend on our ability to:


 

·

Accurately predict the needs of our target customers and develop, in a timely manner, the technology required to support those needs;

 

·

Provide products that are not only technologically sophisticated but are also available at a price acceptable to customers and competitive with comparable products;

 

·

Establish and effectively defend our intellectual property; and

 

·

Enter into relationships with other companies that have developed complementary technology into which our products may be integrated.


We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve any of these objectives.




25



 


One of our significant target markets is the telecommunications market, which historically has not accepted polymer modulators.


One of our significant target markets is the telecommunications market, which demands high reliability optical components. Historically, polymer modulators have not been accepted into this market even though polymer modulators have achieved Telcordia™ based specifications. It is clear that the telecommunications market is demanding higher and higher data rates for its optical components, and may again decide that polymer based modulators are not suitable even if higher data rates, high reliability, and low power consumption are demonstrated


Another of our significant target markets is the datacommunications (datacenter and/or high performance computing) market, which may be subject to heavy competition from other PIC based technologies such as silicon photonics and Indium Phosphide.


Another of our significant target markets is the datacommunications (datacenter and/or high performance computing) market, which may be subject to heavy competition from other PIC based technologies such as silicon photonics and Indium Phosphide. As the demands for high performance, low cost ($/Gbps) is implemented into next generation architectures, polymer modulators and polymer based PIC products may be subject to significant competition. Furthermore, there is a potential that technologies such as silicon photonics and Indium Phosphide might reach the might reach the metric of $1/Gbps at 400Gbps before ours. Customers may then be less willing to purchase new technology such as ours or invest in new technology development such as ours for next generation systems.


Our inability to successfully acquire and integrate other businesses, assets, products or technologies could harm our business and cause us to fail at achieving our anticipated growth.

 

We may grow our business through strategic acquisitions and investments and we are actively evaluating acquisitions and strategic investments in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our product offering, create and/or expand a client base, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth or cost-saving opportunities. From time to time, we may enter into letters of intent with companies with which we are negotiating potential acquisitions or investments or as to which we are conducting due diligence. Although we are currently not a party to any binding definitive agreement with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could materially decrease the amount of our available cash or require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. We have limited experience in successfully acquiring and integrating businesses, products and technologies. We may not be successful in negotiating the terms of any potential acquisition, conducting thorough due diligence, financing the acquisition or effectively integrating the acquired business, product or technology into our existing business and operations. Our due diligence may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired business, product or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, product quality or product architecture, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices, or employee or customer issues.


Additionally, in connection with any acquisitions we complete, we may not achieve the synergies or other benefits we expected to achieve, and we may incur write-downs, impairment charges or unforeseen liabilities that could negatively affect our operating results or financial position or could otherwise harm our business. If we finance acquisitions using existing cash, the reduction of our available cash could cause us to face liquidity issues or cause other unanticipated problems in the future. If we finance acquisitions by issuing convertible debt or equity securities, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders may be diluted, which could adversely affect the market price of our stock. Further, contemplating or completing an acquisition and integrating an acquired business, product or technology could divert management and employee time and resources from other matters, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.




26



 


We may not be able to access the full amounts available under the Lincoln Park Purchase Agreement, which could prevent us from accessing the capital we need to continue our operations that could have an adverse affect on our business.


Under the purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) we entered into with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC (“Lincoln Park”), we may direct Lincoln Park to purchase up to $20,000,000 worth of shares of our common stock over a 36-month period. On any trading day selected by us, we may sell shares of common stock to Lincoln Park in amounts up to 100,000 shares per regular sale (Regular Purchases), which may be increased to up to 200,000 shares depending on certain conditions as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, up to the aggregate commitment of $20,000,000. If the market price of our common stock is not below $1.00 per share on the purchase date, then the Regular Purchase amount may be increased to 150,000 shares. If the market price is not below $1.50 per share on the purchase date, then the Regular Purchase amount may be increased to 200,000 shares. Although there are no upper limits on the per share price Lincoln Park may pay to purchase our common stock, the Company may not sell more than $500,000 in shares of common stock to Lincoln Park per Regular Purchase.


In addition to Regular Purchases, we may in our sole discretion direct Lincoln Park on each purchase date to make “accelerated purchases” on the following business day up to the lesser of (i) two (2) times the number of shares purchased pursuant to such Regular Purchase or (ii) 30% of the trading volume on the accelerated purchase date at a purchase price equal to the lesser of (x) the closing sale price on the accelerated purchase date and (y) 95% of the accelerated purchase date’s volume weighted average price.


The purchase price of the shares related to the Purchase Agreement will be based on the prevailing market prices of the Company’s shares of common stock, which shall be equal to the lesser of the lowest sale price of the common shares during the purchase date and the average of the three (3) lowest closing sale prices of the common shares during the twelve (12) business days prior to the purchase date without any fixed discount.


Depending on the prevailing market price of our common stock, we may not be able to sell shares to Lincoln Park for the maximum $20,000,000 over the term of the Purchase Agreement.


The sale of shares of our common stock to Lincoln Park under the Purchase Agreement may cause substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the price of our common stock to decline.


Under the Purchase Agreement, we may sell to Lincoln Park, from time to time and under certain circumstances, up to $20,000,000 of our common stock over approximately 36 months subsequent to January 2016. We may be required to file and have declared effective one or more additional registration statements to cover the resale by Lincoln Park of additional shares of our common stock that we may sell and issue to Lincoln Park. Generally, with respect to the Purchase Agreement, we have the right, but no obligation, to direct Lincoln Park to periodically purchase up to $20,000,000 of our common stock in specific amounts under certain conditions, which periodic purchase amounts can be increased under specified circumstances.


We also agreed to issue to Lincoln Park up to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock as a fee for Lincoln Park’s commitment to purchase our shares under the Purchase Agreement. Of these commitment shares, we issued 350,000 shares upon entering into the Purchase Agreement and have subsequently issued 268,753 shares in conjunction with stock purchases by Lincoln Park. The remaining 381,247 commitment shares are issuable to Lincoln Park on a pro rata basis as additional purchases are made under the Purchase Agreement.


Depending upon market liquidity at the time, sales of shares of our common stock to Lincoln Park may cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. Lincoln Park may ultimately purchase all, some or none of the $20,000,000 of common stock under the Purchase Agreement, and after it has acquired shares, Lincoln Park may sell all, some or none of those shares. Therefore, sales to Lincoln Park by us could result in substantial dilution to the interests of other holders of our common stock. The sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock to Lincoln Park, or the anticipation of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect sales. However, we have the right to control the timing and amount of any sales of our shares to Lincoln Park, and the Purchase Agreement may be terminated by us at any time at our discretion without any cost to us.




27



 


The exercise of options and warrants and other issuances of shares of common stock or securities convertible into common stock will dilute your interest.

 

As of December 31, 2017, we have outstanding options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 18,039,242 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.57 - $1.69 per share with a weighted average exercise price of $0.89 per share. The exercise of options and warrants at prices below the market price of our common stock could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. Additional dilution may result from the issuance of shares of our capital stock in connection with any collaboration (although none are contemplated at this time) or in connection with other financing efforts, including pursuant to the Purchase Agreement with Lincoln Park.

 

Any issuance of our common stock that is not made solely to then-existing stockholders proportionate to their interests, such as in the case of a stock dividend or stock split, will result in dilution to each stockholder by reducing his, her or its percentage ownership of the total outstanding shares. Moreover, if we issue options or warrants to purchase our common stock in the future and those options or warrants are exercised or we issue restricted stock, stockholders may experience further dilution. Holders of shares of our common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle them to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series.


We may incur debt in the future that might be secured with our intellectual property as collateral, which could subject our Company to the risk of loss of all of our intellectual property.

 

If we incur debt in the future, we may be required to secure the debt with our intellectual property, including all of our patents and patents pending. In the event we default on the debt, we could incur the loss of all of our intellectual property, which would materially and adversely affect our Company and cause you to lose your entire investment in our Company.


Our quarter-to-quarter performance may vary substantially, and this variance, as well as general market conditions, may cause our stock price to fluctuate greatly and even potentially expose us to litigation.

 

We have generated no significant sales to date and we cannot accurately estimate future quarterly revenue and operating expenses based on historical performance. Our quarterly operating results may vary significantly based on many factors, including:

 

 

·

Fluctuating demand for our potential products and technologies;

 

·

Announcements or implementation by our competitors of technological innovations or new products;

 

·

Amount and timing of our costs related to our marketing efforts or other initiatives;

 

·

The status of particular development programs and the timing of performance under specific development agreements;

 

·

Timing and amounts relating to the expansion of our operations;

 

·

Product shortages requiring suppliers to allocate minimum quantities;

 

·

Announcements or implementation by our competitors of technological innovations or new products;

 

·

The status of particular development programs and the timing of performance under specific development agreements;

 

·

Our ability to enter into, renegotiate or renew key agreements;

 

·

Timing and amounts relating to the expansion of our operations;

 

·

Costs related to possible future acquisitions of technologies or businesses; or

 

·

Economic conditions specific to our industry, as well as general economic conditions.


Our current and future expense estimates are based, in large part, on estimates of future revenue, which is difficult to predict. We expect to continue to make significant operating and capital expenditures in the area of research and development and to invest in and expand production, sales, marketing and administrative systems and processes. We may be unable to, or may elect not to, adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenue shortfall. If our increased expenses were not accompanied by increased revenue in the same quarter, our quarterly operating results would be harmed.




28



 


Our failure to compete successfully could harm our business.


The markets that we are targeting for our proprietary electro-optic polymer systems and photonic devices are intensely competitive. Most of our present and potential competitors have or may have substantially greater research and product development capabilities, financial, scientific, marketing, manufacturing and human resources, name recognition and experience than we have. As a result, these competitors may:


 

·

Succeed in developing products that are equal to or superior to our potential products or that will achieve greater market acceptance than our potential products;

 

·

Devote greater resources to developing, marketing or selling their products;

 

·

Respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or scientific advances and changes in customer requirements, which could render our technologies or potential products obsolete;

 

·

Introduce products that make the continued development of our potential products uneconomical;

 

·

Obtain patents that block or otherwise inhibit our ability to develop and commercialize our potential products;

 

·

Withstand price competition more successfully than we can;

 

·

Establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that enhance their ability to address the needs of our prospective customers.


The failure to compete successfully against these existing or future competitors could harm our business.


We may be unable to obtain effective intellectual property protection for our potential products and technology.


Our intellectual property, or any intellectual property that we have or may acquire, license or develop in the future, may not provide meaningful competitive advantages. Our patents and patent applications, including those we license, may be challenged by competitors, and the rights granted under such patents or patent applications may not provide meaningful proprietary protection. For example, numerous patents held by third parties relate to polymer materials and electro-optic devices. These patents could be used as a basis to challenge the validity or limit the scope of our patents or patent applications. A successful challenge to the validity or limitation of the scope of our patents or patent applications could limit our ability to commercialize our polymer materials technology and, consequently, reduce our revenues.


Moreover, competitors may infringe our patents or those that we license, or successfully avoid these patents through design innovation. To combat infringement or unauthorized use, we may need to resort to litigation, which can be expensive and time-consuming and may not succeed in protecting our proprietary rights. In addition, in an infringement proceeding a court may decide that our patents or other intellectual property rights are not valid or are unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the intellectual property at issue on the ground that it is non-infringing. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and expensive, and we may not be able to, or have the resources to, prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect these rights as fully as the laws of the United States.


We also rely on the law of trade secrets to protect unpatented technology and know-how. We try to protect this technology and know-how by limiting access to those employees, contractors and strategic partners with a need to know this information and by entering into confidentiality agreements with these parties. Any of these parties could breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets or confidential information to our competitors, or these competitors might learn of the information in other ways. Disclosure of any trade secret not protected by a patent could materially harm our business.


We may be subject to patent infringement claims, which could result in substantial costs and liability and prevent us from commercializing our potential products.


Third parties may claim that our potential products or related technologies infringe their patents. Any patent infringement claims brought against us may cause us to incur significant expenses, divert the attention of our management and key personnel from other business concerns and, if successfully asserted against us, require us to pay substantial damages. In addition, as a result of a patent infringement suit, we may be forced to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to infringe a patent covering a third party's intellectual property unless that party grants us rights to use its intellectual property. We may be unable to obtain these rights on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Even if we are able to obtain rights to a third party's patented intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, and therefore our competitors may obtain access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we may be unable to commercialize our potential products or may have to cease some of our business operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which could severely harm our business.



29



 


If our potential products infringe the intellectual property rights of others, we may be required to indemnify customers for any damages they suffer. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our current or potential customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of these customers or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, we may be unable to continue selling such products.


Our technology may be subject to government rights.


We may have obligations to government agencies in connection with the technology that we have developed, including the right to require that a compulsory license be granted to one or more third parties selected by certain government agencies. It may be difficult to monitor whether these third parties will limit their use of our technology to these licensed uses, and we could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights to our licensed technology in the event of misuse.


The loss of certain of our key personnel, or any inability to attract and retain additional personnel, could impair our ability to attain our business objectives.


Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service of our key management personnel, particularly Dr. Michael Lebby, our Chief Executive Officer and James S. Marcelli our President, Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Principal Financial Officer. Accordingly, the loss of the services of either of these persons would adversely affect our business and our ability to timely commercialize our products, and impede the attainment of our business objectives.


Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled personnel to assist us with product development and commercialization. Competition for highly educated qualified personnel in the polymer industry is intense. If we fail to hire and retain a sufficient number of qualified management, engineering, sales and technical personnel, we will not be able to attain our business objectives.


If we fail to develop and maintain the quality of our manufacturing processes, our operating results would be harmed.


The manufacture of our potential products is a multi-stage process that requires the use of high-quality materials and advanced manufacturing technologies. Also, polymer-related device development and manufacturing must occur in a highly controlled, clean environment to minimize particles and other yield and quality-limiting contaminants. In spite of stringent quality controls, weaknesses in process control or minute impurities in materials may cause a substantial percentage of a product in a lot to be defective. If we are not able to develop and continue to improve on our manufacturing processes or to maintain stringent quality controls, or if contamination problems arise, our operating results would be harmed.


The complexity of our anticipated products may lead to errors, defects and bugs, which could result in the necessity to redesign products and could negatively, impact our reputation with customers.


Products as complex as those we intend to market might contain errors, defects and bugs when first introduced or as new versions are released. Delivery of products with production defects or reliability, quality or compatibility problems could significantly delay or hinder market acceptance of our products or result in a costly recall and could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to sell our products. If our products experience defects, we may need to undertake a redesign of the product, a process that may result in significant additional expenses.


We may also be required to make significant expenditures of capital and resources to resolve such problems. There is no assurance that problems will not be found in new products after commencement of commercial production, despite testing by our suppliers, our customers and us.




30



 


If we decide to make commercial quantities of products at our facilities, we will be required to make significant capital expenditures to increase capacity.


We lack the internal ability to manufacture products at a level beyond the stage of early commercial introduction. To the extent we do not have an outside vendor to manufacture our products, we will have to increase our internal production capacity and we will be required to expand our existing facilities or to lease new facilities or to acquire entities with additional production capacities. These activities would require us to make significant capital investments and may require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that such financing would be available to us when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Further, we cannot assure you that any increased demand for our potential products would continue for a sufficient period of time to recoup our capital investments associated with increasing our internal production capacity.


In addition, we do not have experience manufacturing our potential products in large quantities. In the event of significant demand for our potential products, large-scale production might prove more difficult or costly than we anticipate and lead to quality control issues and production delays.


We may not be able to manufacture products at competitive prices.


To date, we have produced limited quantities of products for research, development, demonstration and prototype purposes. The cost per unit for these products currently exceeds the price at which we could expect to profitably sell them. If we cannot substantially lower our cost of production as we move into sales of products in commercial quantities, our financial results will be harmed.


We conduct significantly all of our research and development activities at our Englewood, CO facility, and circumstances beyond our control may result in considerable interruptions.


We conduct significantly all of our research and development activities at a limited number of facilities. A disaster such as a fire, flood or severe storm at or near one of our facilities could prevent us from further developing our technologies or manufacturing our potential products, which would harm our business.


We are subject to regulatory compliance related to our operations.


We are subject to various U.S. governmental regulations related to occupational safety and health, labor and business practices. Failure to comply with current or future regulations could result in the imposition of substantial fines, suspension of production, alterations of our production processes, cessation of operations, or other actions, which could harm our business.


We may be unable to export our potential products or technology to other countries, convey information about our technology to citizens of other countries or sell certain products commercially, if the products or technology are subject to United States export or other regulations.


We are developing certain polymer-based products that we believe the United States government and other governments may be interested in using for military and information gathering or antiterrorism activities. United States government export regulations may restrict us from selling or exporting these potential products into other countries, exporting our technology to those countries, conveying information about our technology to citizens of other countries or selling these potential products to commercial customers. We may be unable to obtain export licenses for products or technology if necessary. We currently cannot assess whether national security concerns would affect our potential products and, if so, what procedures and policies we would have to adopt to comply with applicable existing or future regulations.




31



 


We may incur liability arising from the use of hazardous materials.


Our business and our facilities are subject to a number of federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the generation, handling, treatment, storage and disposal of certain toxic or hazardous materials and waste products that we use or generate in our operations. Many of these environmental laws and regulations subject current or previous owners or occupiers of land to liability for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials. In addition, these laws and regulations typically impose liability regardless of whether the owner or occupier knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of any hazardous materials and regardless of whether the actions that led to the presence were taken in compliance with the law. In our business, we use hazardous materials that are stored on site. We use various chemicals in our manufacturing process that may be toxic and covered by various environmental controls. An unaffiliated waste hauler transports the waste created by use of these materials off-site. Many environmental laws and regulations require generators of waste to take remedial actions at an off-site disposal location even if the disposal was conducted lawfully. The requirements of these laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and could become more stringent in the future. Failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations could result in the imposition of substantial fines, suspension of production, alteration of our production processes, cessation of operations or other actions, which could severely harm our business.


Our data and information systems and network infrastructure may be subject to hacking or other cyber security threats. If our security measures are breached and an unauthorized party obtains access to our proprietary business information, our information systems may be perceived as being unsecure, which could harm our business and reputation, and our proprietary business information could be misappropriated which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.


Our Company stores and transmits its proprietary information on its computer systems. Despite our security measures, our information systems and network infrastructure may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks or could be breached due to an employee error or other disruption that could result in unauthorized disclosure of sensitive information that has the potential to significantly interfere with our business operations. Breaches of our security measures could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation and potential liability. Since techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage information systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures in advance of such an attack on our systems. In addition, we use a vendor that uses cyber or “Cloud” storage of information as part of their service or product offerings, and despite our attempts to validate the security of such services, our proprietary information may be misappropriated by third parties. In the event of an actual or perceived breach of our security, or the security of one of our vendors, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could suffer damage to our reputation or our business. Additionally, misappropriation of our proprietary business information could prove competitively harmful to our business.


If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.


If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected. We are subject to the reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Any failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually. If our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investor confidence in our reported results will be harmed and the price of our securities may fall. These reporting and other obligations place significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including accounting resources.




32



 


Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.


From time to time, certain of the Company’s shareholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open market pursuant to Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), subject to certain limitations. In general, a non-affiliate stockholder who has satisfied a six-month holding period may, under certain circumstances, sell its shares, without limitation. Any substantial sale of the Company’s common stock pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to any resale prospectus may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.


There is a limited market for our common stock, which may make it more difficult for you to sell your stock.


Our Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTCMarkets (OTCQB) under the symbol "LWLG." The trading market for our common stock is limited, accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any markets that may develop for our common stock, your ability to sell our common stock, or the prices at which you may be able to sell our common stock.


We are subject to the “penny stock” rules and brokers cannot generally solicit the purchase of our common stock, which adversely affects its liquidity and market price.


The SEC has adopted regulations that generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock on the over-the-counter market has been substantially less than $5.00 per share and therefore we are currently considered a “penny stock” according to SEC rules. This designation requires any broker-dealer selling these securities to disclose certain information concerning the transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities. These rules limit the ability of broker-dealers to solicit purchases of our common stock and therefore reduce the liquidity of the public market for our shares.


Our Company’s stock price may be volatile.


The market price of our Company’s common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:


 

·

Technological innovations or new products and services by our Company or our competitors;

 

·

Additions or departures of key personnel;

 

·

Sales of our Company’s common stock;

 

·

Our Company’s ability to integrate operations, technology, products and services;

 

·

Our Company’s ability to execute our business plan;

 

·

Operating results below expectations;

 

·

Loss of any strategic relationship;

 

·

Industry developments;

 

·

Economic and other external factors; and

 

·

Period-to-period fluctuations in our Company’s financial results.

 

You may consider any one of these factors to be material, and our stock price may fluctuate widely as a result of any of the above listed factors.


In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our Company’s common stock.

 



33



 


Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with terms that may not be beneficial to existing common stockholders and with the ability to affect adversely stockholder voting power and perpetuate their control over us.

 

Our amended articles of incorporation allow us to issue shares of preferred stock without any vote or further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors has the authority to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of preferred stock. Our board of directors also has the authority to issue preferred stock without further stockholder approval, including large blocks of preferred stock. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock that would grant to holders thereof the preferred right to our assets upon liquidation, the right to receive dividend payments before dividends are distributed to the holders of common stock or other preferred stockholders and the right to the redemption of the shares, together with a premium, prior to the redemption of our common stock or existing preferred stock, if any.

 

Preferred stock could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquirer. Accordingly, any future issuance of preferred stock or any rights to purchase preferred stock may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. This may delay, defer or prevent a change of control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The issuance of preferred stock also could decrease the amount of earnings attributable to, and assets available for distribution to, the holders of our common stock and could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of our common stock and preferred stock.


Our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and certain provisions of Nevada corporate law, as well as certain of our contracts, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.


Nevada law, as well as our amended articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions could lower the price that future investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock. These anti-takeover provisions:


·

authorize our board of directors to create and issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, thereby increasing the number of outstanding shares, which can deter or prevent a takeover attempt;

·

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;

·

empower our board of directors to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise;

·

provide that our board of directors be divided into three classes, with approximately one-third of the directors to be elected each year;

·

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws; and

·

provide that our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors.


Nevada Revised Statutes, the terms of our employee stock option agreements and other contractual provisions may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company. Nevada Revised Statutes sections 78.378 to 78.3793 provide state regulation over the acquisition of a controlling interest in certain Nevada corporations unless the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation provide that the provisions of these sections do not apply. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not state that these provisions do not apply. The statute creates a number of restrictions on the ability of a person or entity to acquire control of a Nevada company by setting down certain rules of conduct and voting restrictions in any acquisition attempt, among other things. The statute contains certain limitations and it may not apply to our Company. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan includes change-in-control provisions that allow us to grant options that may become vested immediately upon a change in control. Our board of directors also has the power to adopt a stockholder rights plan that could delay or prevent a change in control of our Company even if the change in control is generally beneficial to our stockholders. These plans, sometimes called “poison pills,” are oftentimes criticized by institutional investors or their advisors and could affect our rating by such investors or advisors. If our board of directors adopts such a plan, it might have the effect of reducing the price that new investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock.




34



 


Together, these charter, statutory and contractual provisions could make the removal of our management and directors more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by our founders, executive officers, and members of our board of directors, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our Company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

Not Applicable


Item 2.

Properties.


Our principal executive offices and research and development facility is located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, Colorado. The 13,420 square feet facility includes fully functional 1,000 square feet of class 1,000 cleanroom, 500 square feet of class 10,000 cleanroom, chemistry laboratories, and analytic laboratories, and serves as our office, laboratory and research and development space . Our annual b ase rent is approximately $168,824


Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.


We are not aware of any litigation or threatened litigation of a material nature.


Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.


Not Applicable.


35



 


PART II

 

Item 5.

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities.

 

Market Information


Our common stock is traded on the OTCQB under the symbol “LWLG”. The following table set forth below lists the range of high and low bids for our common stock for our two most recent fiscal years. The prices in the table reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not represent actual transactions. 


 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

2016

1 st Quarter

$0.687

 

$0.421

 

2 nd Quarter

$0.64

 

$0.512

 

3 rd Quarter

$0.8201

 

$0.63

 

4 th Quarter

$0.66

 

$0.5401

 

 

 

 

 

2017

1 st Quarter

$0.86

 

$0.63

 

2 nd Quarter

$1.73

 

$0.71

 

3 rd Quarter

$1.53

 

$1.04

 

4 th Quarter

$1.47

 

$1.29


As of March 15, 2018, we had approximately 75,000,557 shares of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 108 holders of record of our common stock. This shareholder figure does not include a substantially greater number of holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. We do not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding.


Dividends


No cash dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock to date. No restrictions limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. The payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be contingent upon our Company's revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any dividends is within the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of director's present intention is to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, the board of directors does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans


Equity Compensation Plans as of December 31, 2017.


Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

(a)

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

(b)

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

6,320,000 (1)

$0.83

1,375,000

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)

1,777,500

$0.78

0

Total

8,097,500

$0.82

1,375,000


(1)

Reflects shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2007 Employee Stock Plan, both of which are for the benefit of our directors, officers, employees and consultants. We have reserved 3,000,000 shares of common stock for such persons pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 4,695,000 shares of common stock for such persons pursuant to our 2007 Employee Stock Plan. We terminated our 2007 Employee Stock Plan in June 2016 and no additional awards are made under that plan.

(2)

Comprised of common stock purchase warrants we issued for services.



36



 


Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


During the period covered by this report, our Company has sold the following securities without registering the securities under the Securities Act:


Date

 

Security

January 2017

 

Warrant – right to buy 275,000 shares of common stock at $0.60 per share issued for services.

Jan. – March 2017

 

Common Stock – 8,398 shares of common stock at average price of $0.71 per share issued for services.

Apr. – June 2017

 

Common Stock – 2,599 shares of common stock at average price of $0.77 per share issued for services.

July 2017

 

Warrant – right to buy 150,000 shares of common stock at $1.48 per share issued for services.

Sept. 2017

 

Common Stock – 25,000 shares of common stock at average price of $1.45 per share issued for services .


No underwriters were utilized, and no commissions or fees were paid with respect to any of the above transactions. These persons were the only offerees in connection with these transactions. We relied on Section 4(a)(2), 4(a)(5) and Rule 506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act since the transaction does not involve any public offering.


Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.


Not Applicable.

 

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

 

The following management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations   provides information that management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our plans and financial condition. The following selected financial information is derived from our historical financial statements and should be read in conjunction with such financial statements and notes thereto set forth elsewhere herein and the "Forward-Looking Statements" explanation included herein.


Overview


Lightwave Logic, Inc. is a development stage company whose P 2 IC TM technology addresses advanced telecommunication, data communications, and data center markets utilizing its advanced organic electro-optic polymer systems. The Company currently has two business segments to support its development activities, its materials development segment, and its photonic device design and development segment.


Capital Requirements


As a development stage company, we do not generate revenues. We have incurred substantial net losses since inception. We have satisfied our capital requirements since inception primarily through the issuance and sale of our common stock. During 2016 we received $1,553,190 in total cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of our common stock. During 2017 we received $6,224,560 in total cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of our common stock and warrants to purchase our common stock.


Results of Operations


Comparison of fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2016


Revenues


As a development stage company, we had no revenues during the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The Company is in various stages of photonic device and material development and evaluation. Our revenue stream will be derived from one or some combination of the following: (i) technology licensing for specific product application; (ii) joint venture relationships with significant industry leaders; or (iii) the production and direct sale of our own electro-optic device components.



37



 


Operating Expenses


Our operating expenses were $5,523,538 and $4,135,578 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for an increase of $1,387,960. The increase in operating expenses is primarily due to increases in non-cash stock option and warrant amortization, research and development salaries, legal fees, patent amortization and patent related expenses, product development consulting expenses, product prototype development and material testing expenses, laboratory materials and supplies, recruiting fees, fees for disposal of obsolete materials, rent, license fees, insurance expense, accounting fees, shareholder annual meeting expenses and other tax expenses offset by decreases in general and administrative salaries, general and administrative consulting, investor relations expenses, software expenses, general and administrative travel expenses and internet and web design fees.


Included in our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $3,519,129 for research and development expenses compared to $2,474,689 for the year ended December 31, 2016, for an increase of $1,044,440. The increase in research and development expenses is primarily due to increases in non-cash stock option and warrant amortization, research and development salaries, patent amortization and patent related expenses, product development consulting expenses, product prototype development and material testing expenses, laboratory materials and supplies, fees for disposal of obsolete materials, rent and license fees.


Research and development expenses currently consist primarily of compensation for employees and consultants engaged in internal research, product development activities; laboratory operations, internal material and device fabrication testing and prototype electro-optic device design, development and prototype device processing; costs; and related operating expenses.


We expect to continue to incur substantial research and development expense to develop and commercialize our photonic devices PIC development and electro-optic materials platform. These expenses will increase as a result of accelerated development effort to support commercialization of our non-linear optical polymer materials technology; to build photonic device prototypes in our in-house laboratories; hiring additional technical and support personnel; engaging a senior technical advisor; pursuing other potential business opportunities and collaborations; customer testing and evaluation; and incurring related operating expenses.


Non-cash stock compensation and stock option and warrant amortization increased $351,348 from $362,435 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $713,783 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Wages and salaries and benefits increased $261,710 from $1,095,884 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,357,594 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Patent amortization and write-off of previously capitalized patent costs increased $114,374 from $15,891 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $130,265 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Product development consulting expenses increased $80,698 from $292,283 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $372,981 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Product prototype development and material testing expense increased $68,939 from $150,711 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $219,650 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Laboratory materials and supplies also increased $50,697 from $151,607 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $202,304 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Disposal of obsolete materials increased $39,963 from $3,565 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $43,528 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Rent expense increased $34,157 from $117,775 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $151,932 for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the new headquarter facility in Colorado.


License fees increased $30,000 to $30,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 



38



 


General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and support costs for management staff, and for other general and administrative costs, including executive, sales and marketing, investor relations, accounting and finance, legal, consulting and other operating expenses.


General and administrative expenses increased $343,520 to $2,004,409 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1,660,889 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase is primarily due to increases in non-cash stock option and warrant amortization, legal fees, recruiting fees, insurance expense, accounting fees, rent and utilities expenses, shareholder annual meeting expenses and other tax expenses offset by decreases in salaries, general and administrative consulting, investor relations expenses, software expenses, general and administrative travel expenses and internet and web design fees.


Non-cash stock compensation and stock option amortization increased $249,737 from $248,152 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $497,889 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Legal fees increased $178,712 to $353,437 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $174,725 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


Recruiting fees increased $50,500 to $50,500 for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


Insurance expense increased $19,002 from $112,785 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $131,787 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Accounting fees increased $12,084 from $93,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $105,084 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Rent and utility expenses increased $10,684 to $43,553 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $32,869 for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily for the expenses of the new headquarter facility in Colorado.


Expenses for the annual shareholder meeting increased $6,702 from $44,506 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $51,208 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Other tax expenses increased $6,131 from $6,593 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $12,724 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


General and administrative wages and salaries decreased $102,307 from $635,982 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $533,675 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


General and administrative consulting expenses decreased $42,958 from $27,000 for the year ending December 31, 2016 to ($15,958) for the year ending December 31, 2017.


Investor relations expenses decreased by $19,674 from $37,454 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $17,780 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Software expenses decreased $10,876 from $17,339 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6,463 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Travel expenses decreased $10,003 from $51,300 for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $41,297 for the year ended December 31, 2017.


Internet and web design fees decreased $6,191 to $10,992 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $17,183 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


We expect general and administrative expense to increase in future periods as we increase the level of corporate and administrative activity, including increases associated with our operation as a public company; and significantly increase expenditures related to the future production and sales of our products.  




39



 


Other Income (Expense)


Other expense decreased $45,786 to $225,844 for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $271,630 for the year ended December 31, 2016, relating to the commitment fee associated with the purchase of shares by an institutional investor for sale under a stock purchase agreement.


In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, which reduces the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate from a maximum rate of 35% to 21% for tax years beginning 2018. The Company remeasured certain deferred tax assets and valuation allowance based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse. The remeasurement incorporates assumptions made based upon the best available interpretation of the Act and may change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance.


Net Loss


Net loss was $5,749,382 and $4,407,208 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for an increase of $1,342,174, due primarily to increases in non-cash stock option and warrant amortization, research and development salaries, legal fees, patent amortization and patent related expenses, product development consulting expenses, product prototype development and material testing expenses, laboratory materials and supplies, recruiting fees, fees for disposal of obsolete materials, rent, license fees, insurance expense, accounting fees, shareholder annual meeting expenses and other tax expenses offset by decreases in general and administrative salaries, commitment fee associated with the purchase of shares by an institutional investor for sale under a stock purchase agreement, general and administrative consulting, investor relations expenses, software expenses, general and administrative travel expenses and internet and web design fees.


Significant Accounting Policies


Our Company's accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements. As disclosed in Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on our management’s best knowledge of current events and actions our Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ from the estimates.


Stock Based Compensation


Our Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an award, with the following assumptions for 2017, 2016 and 2015: no dividend yield in all years, expected volatility, based on our Company’s historical volatility, 39% to 87% in 2017, between 58% to 78% in 2016 and between 75% to 79% in 2015, risk-free interest rate between 1.16% to 2.37% in 2017, between 1.05% to 2.06% in 2016 and between 1.44% to 1.70% in 2015 and expected option life of .03 to 9.08 years in 2017, 2.5 to 5.6 years in 2016 and 5 to 5.75 years in 2015.


As of December 31, 2017, there was $209,550 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested market-based share awards that is expected to be recognized through March 31, 2020.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was $4,409,696 and net cash used in investing activities was $265,532, which was due primarily to the Company’s research and development activities and general and administrative expenditures. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $6,200,711. At December 31, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $3,482,327, our assets totaled $5,849,770, our liabilities totaled $833,055 and we had stockholders’ equity of $5,016,715.


During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operating activities was $3,153,292 and net cash used in investing activities was $173,759, which was due primarily to the Company’s research and development activities and general and administrative expenditures. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1,553,190. At December 31, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $1,956,844, our assets totaled $3,187,408, our liabilities totaled $127,886, and we had stockholders’ equity of $3,059,522.




40



 


Sources and Uses of Cash


Our future expenditures and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors, including: the progress of our research and development efforts; the rate at which we can, directly or through arrangements with original equipment manufacturers, introduce and sell products incorporating our polymer materials technology; the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights; market acceptance of our products and competing technological developments; and our ability to establish cooperative development, joint venture and licensing arrangements. We expect that we will incur approximately $475,000 of expenditures over the next 12 months. Our cash requirements are expected to increase at a rate consistent with the Company’s path to revenue growth as we expand our activities and operations with the objective of commercializing our electro-optic polymer technology during 2018.


Our business does not presently generate the cash needed to finance our current and anticipated operations. We believe we have raised sufficient capital to finance our operations through September 2018; however, we will need to obtain additional future financing after that time to finance our operations until such time that we can conduct profitable revenue-generating activities. Such future sources of financing may include cash from equity offerings, exercise of stock options, warrants and proceeds from debt instruments; but we cannot assure you that such equity or borrowings will be available or, if available, will be at rates or prices acceptable to us.


On January 29, 2016, we signed a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC (“Lincoln Park”) to sell up to $20,000,000 of common stock whereby subject to certain conditions and at our sole discretion, Lincoln Park has committed to purchase up to $20,000,000 of our common stock over a 36-month period. Our most recent registration statement relating to the Purchase Agreement became effective in June 2017, which registered for resale by Lincoln Park under the Purchase Agreement 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Lincoln Park is obligated to make purchases as the Company directs in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, which may be terminated by the Company at any time, without cost or penalty. Sales of shares will be made in specified amounts and at prices that are based upon the market prices of our common stock immediately preceding the sales to Lincoln Park. We expect this financing to provide us with sufficient funds to maintain our operations for the foreseeable future. With the additional capital, we expect to achieve a level of revenues attractive enough to fulfill our development activities and adequate enough to support our business model for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that we will meet the conditions of the Purchase Agreement with Lincoln Park in order to obligate Lincoln Park to purchase our shares of common stock. In the event we fail to do so, and other adequate funds are not available to satisfy long-term capital requirements, or if planned revenues are not generated, we may be required to substantially limit our operations. This limitation of operations may include reductions in capital expenditures and reductions in staff and discretionary costs.

 

There are no trading volume requirements or restrictions under the Purchase Agreement and we will control the timing and amount of any sales of our common stock to Lincoln Park. Lincoln Park has no right to require any sales by us, but is obligated to make purchases from us as we direct in accordance with the Purchase Agreement. We can also accelerate the amount of common stock to be purchased under certain circumstances. There are no limitations on use of proceeds, financial or business covenants, restrictions on future funding, rights of first refusal, participation rights, penalties or liquidated damages in the Purchase Agreement. Lincoln Park may not assign or transfer its rights and obligations under the purchase agreement.


We expect that our cash used in operations will increase during 2018 and beyond as a result of the following planned activities:


·

The addition of management, sales, marketing, technical and other staff to our workforce;

·

Increased spending for the expansion of our research and development efforts, including purchases of additional laboratory and production equipment;

·

Increased spending in marketing as our products are introduced into the marketplace;

·

Developing and maintaining collaborative relationships with strategic partners;

·

Developing and improving our manufacturing processes and quality controls; and

·

Increases in our general and administrative activities related to our operations as a reporting public company and related corporate compliance requirements.




41



 


Analysis of Cash Flows


For the year ended December 31, 2017


Net cash used in operating activities was $4,409,696 for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily attributable to the net loss of $5,749,382 adjusted by $416,934 in warrants issued for services, $794,738 in options issued for services, $270,343 in common stock issued for services, $325,946 in depreciation expenses and patent amortization expenses, ($447,977) in prepaid expenses and ($20,298) in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Net cash used in operating activities consisted of payments for research and development, legal, professional and consulting expenses, rent and other expenditures necessary to develop our business infrastructure.


Net cash used by investing activities was $265,532 for the year ended December 31, 2017, consisting of $81,743 in cost for intangibles and $183,789 in asset additions primarily for the new Colorado headquarter facility .


Net cash provided by financing activities was $6,200,711 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and consisted of $5,722,060 proceeds from common stock and $502,500 proceeds from the exercise of warrants offset by $23,849 repayment of equipment purchased.


For the year ended December 31, 2016


Net cash used in operating activities was $3,153,292 for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily attributable to the net loss of $4,407,208 adjusted by $174,359 in warrants issued for services, $436,228 in options issued for services, $295,885 in common stock issued for services, $195,610 in depreciation expenses and patent amortization expenses, $127,549 in prepaid expenses, $24,929 in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $644 gain on disposal of property and equipment. Net cash used in operating activities consisted of payments for research and development, legal, professional and consulting expenses, rent and other expenditures necessary to develop our business infrastructure.


Net cash used by investing activities was $173,759 for the year ended December 31, 2016, consisting of $64,096 for purchase of intangibles, $129,163 in asset additions primarily for the Colorado lab facility and $19,500 in proceeds from sale of equipment.


Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,553,190 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and consisted of $1,553,190 in proceeds from resale of common stock to an institutional investor.


Contractual Obligations


We are obligated under operating leases for office and laboratory space. The aggregate minimum future lease payments under the operating leases are as follows:


YEARS ENDING

 

 

 

DECEMBER 31,

 

AMOUNT

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$

50,274

 

2019

 

 

38,739

 

2020

 

 

195,574

 

2021

 

 

201,501

 

2022

 

 

189,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

675,925

 


Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Not Applicable

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


Our Financial Statements of are attached as Appendix A (following Exhibits) and included as part of this Form 10-K Report. A list of our Financial Statements is provided in response to Item 15 of this Form 10-K Report.

 



















42



 




























Item 9.

Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.


Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures


As of the end of the period covered by this report, our Company evaluated the effectiveness and design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Our Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that we designed to ensure that our Company records, processes, summarizes, and reports in a timely manner the information that it must disclose in reports that our Company files with or submits to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer reviewed and participated in this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, our Company made the determination that its disclosure controls and procedures were effective.


Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control -Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.


The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. In addition, the design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and controls may become inadequate if conditions change. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.


Morison Cogen LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audits our Financial Statements has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, which is stated in their report included in this Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Our independent registered public accounting firm, Morison Cogen LLP, audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. Their report, dated March 16, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. That report appears in Item 15 of Part IV of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference to this Item 9A.


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


No change in our Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B.

Other Information


Not Applicable.




43



 


PART III


Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance


Identity of directors, executive officers and significant employees


Name

Age

Position

 

Director Class/ Term

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Lebby

57

Director; Chief Executive Officer

 

Class II Expires 2019

James S. Marcelli

70

Director; President; Chief Operating Officer, Secretary

 

Class III Expires 2020

Thomas E. Zelibor

63

Chair of the Board of Directors

 

Class III Expires 2020

William C. Pickett, III

74

Director

 

Class III Expires 2020

Joseph A. Miller

76

Director

 

Class II Expires 2019

Ronald A Bucchi

63

Director

 

Class II Expires 2019

Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi

53

Director

 

Class I Expires 2018

Frederick J. Leonberger

70

Director

 

Class I Expires 2018


Business experience of directors, executive officers, and significant employees


Dr. Michael Lebby . Dr. Lebby has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 1, 2017 and as a director of our Company since August 26, 2015. He also previously served a member of our Operations Committee until April 30, 2017.  Dr. Lebby is in charge of the overall general management of the Company and supervision of Company policies, setting the Company’s strategies, formulating and overseeing the Company’s business plan, raising capital, expanding the Company’s management team and the general promotion of the Company From June 2013 to 2015, Dr. Lebby has served as President and CEO of OneChip Photonics, Inc., a privately held company headquartered in Ottawa, Canada, that is a leading provider of low-cost, small-footprint, high-performance indium phosphide (InP)-based photonic integrated circuits (PICs) and PIC-based optical sub-assemblies (OSAs) for the Data Center markets. Also, from 2013 to 2015 Dr. Lebby presently served as part-time full professor, and chair of optoelectronics at Glyndwr University in Wales, UK, to bring forward advanced materials, device, and integrated photonics based technologies for the datacenter and high performance computing markets.  During the period 2014 to 2016, Dr. Lebby focused on a foundry based model for InP-based photonic integrated circuits (PICs) and optoelectronic integrated circuits (OEICs) in the datacenter segment and was been instrumental in assembling California’s proposal (via USC) to the Federal Government for an integrated photonics manufacturing institute. Dr. Lebby holds a Doctor of Engineering, a Ph.D., a MBA and a bachelor’s degree, all from the University of Bradford, United Kingdom.  Dr. Lebby has well over 200 issued utility patents with the USPTO. This number expands to over 450 if international derivative patents are included.


Mr. James S. Marcelli . Mr. Marcelli has served as an officer and director of our Company since August 2008. Since May 2012, Mr. Marcelli has served as our Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer, and he was named our Secretary in March 2018. Previously, from August 2008 to April 2012, Mr. Marcelli served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Marcelli is in charge of the day-to-day operations of our Company and its movement to a fully functioning commercial corporation, and also serves as our Company’s principal financial officer. Since 2000, Mr. Marcelli has served as the president and chief executive officer of Marcelli Associates, a consulting company that offers senior management consulting, mentoring, and business development services to start-up and growth companies. Business segments Mr. Marcelli has worked with included an Internet networking gaming center, high-speed custom gaming computers, high tech manufacturing businesses and business service companies.

 



44



 


Thomas E. Zelibor, Rear Admiral, USN (Ret) . RADM Zelibor has served as our Chair of the Board of Directors (non-executive) since May 1, 2017. Previously, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the Board of Directors (executive) from May 2012 to April 30, 2017. Mr. Zelibor also previously served as Chair of the Board of Directors (non-executive) of our Company since October 2011 and has served as a director of our Company since July 2008. He also previously served on our Operation Committee. Mr. Zelibor is currently the Chief Executive Officer of the Space Foundation and a director of Nuvectra Corp. Mr. Zelibor previously served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Zelibor & Associates, LLC, a management-consulting firm and as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Flatirons Solutions Corp. Prior to that time, Mr. Zelibor served in the U.S. Navy in a number of positions, including as the Dean of the College of Operational and Strategic Leadership at the United States Naval War College where he was responsible for the adoption of a corporate approach to leadership development; Director of Global Operations, United States Strategic Command; Director, Space, Information Warfare, Command and Control on the Navy staff; Department of the Navy, Deputy Chief Information Officer (CIO), Navy; Commander, Carrier Group Three and Commander, Naval Space Command. Mr. Zelibor earned his bachelor’s degree from the United States Naval Academy and has been a participant in the Senior Leader in Residence Program and a visiting scholar for the Zell Center for Risk Research at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University.


Mr. William C. Pickett . Mr. Pickett has served as a director of our Company since January 2008, and he currently serves a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Pickett enjoyed a 32 year career with E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., where he worked in numerous financial leadership positions, including serving from February 2002 to April 2004 as Chief Financial Officer of Invista, DuPont’s $7 billion man-made fibers company, which was ultimately sold to Koch Industries, Inc. From 2005 through 2011, Mr. Pickett served on the Board of Directors of the Ronald McDonald House of Delaware. He also served as Treasurer, was a member of the Executive Committee, and chaired the Finance Committee. From 2004 through 2015, Mr. Pickett served on the Board of Trustees of Operation Warm, a not-for-profit organization, and chaired their Audit Committee. Mr. Pickett received his MBA from the Harvard Business School and a BA from Trinity College.


Dr. Joseph A. Miller, Jr. Dr. Miller has served as a director of our Company since May 10, 2011. From 2002 to May 2012, Dr. Miller served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Corning Incorporated, having joined Corning Incorporated in 2001 as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer. Prior to joining Corning Incorporated, Dr. Miller was with E.I. DuPont de Nemours, Inc., where he served as Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President for Research and Development since 1994. Dr. Miller began his career with DuPont in 1966. Dr. Miller is a director and Non-executive Chairman of Nuvectra Corp., and he previously served as a director for Greatbatch, Inc. He holds a doctorate degree in Chemistry from Penn State University.


Mr.  Ronald A. Bucchi Mr. Bucchi  has served as a director of our Company since June 11, 2012, and he currently serves a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Bucchi is currently a self employed C.P.A. with a specialized practice that concentrates in CEO consulting, strategic planning, mergers, acquisitions, business sales and tax. He works with domestic and international companies. Mr. Bucchi  is currently a member of the board of directors of First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc., serving on Asset Liability Committee, the Governance and Loan committees in addition to chairing the Audit committee.  He is currently the Treasurer and a member of the Board of Directors of the Petit Family Foundation, Inc. He has served on numerous other community boards and is past Chairman of the Wheeler Clinic and the Wheeler YMCA. He is a member of the Connecticut Society of Certified Public Accountants, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the National Association of Corporate Directors. Mr. Bucchi is a graduate of the Harvard Business School Executive Education program with completed course studies in general board governance, audit and compensation and a  graduate of Central Connecticut State University where he received his B.S. in Accounting.


Mr. Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi . Mr. El-Ahmadi has served as a director of our Company since October 2, 2013, and he currently serves a member of our Audit Committee. Since 2004, Mr.  El-Ahmadi  has served as Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Menara Networks, a developer of innovative products and solutions that simplify layered optical transport networks. Mr.  El-Ahmadi  has over 17 years of experience in optical transmission in particular and the telecom industry in general. Prior to founding Menara, Mr.  El-Ahmadi  served as Vice President-Marketing & Product Management at Nortel where he was responsible for the OPTera LH 4000 ULR product (acquired from Qtera) that achieved over $200M in revenues in its first two years. Prior to that, Mr.  El-Ahmadi  was the Product Architect & Vice President of Product Management at Qtera Corporation, a successful technology start-up acquired by Nortel in 2000 for $3.25 billion. Mr.  El-Ahmadi  also held a Senior Manager position at Bell Northern Research and worked as a Transmission Engineer at WilTel (WorldCom) where he evaluated and deployed the world first bidirectional EDFA and bi-directional WDM transmission. Mr.  El-Ahmadi  holds a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Oklahoma, is a member of Eta Kappa Nu and is the inventor of 11 patents, issued or pending, in the area of optical communications. He has authored a number of publications and is a frequent speaker at telecom and optical networking events and conferences.



45



 


Dr.  Frederick J. Leonberger . Dr. Leonberger  has served as a director of our Company since April 1, 2017.  Since 2010, Dr. Leonberger has served as the Principal of EOvation Advisors LLC, a private technology and business advisory firm and presently serves as a board member for various private photonics companies. Dr. Leonberger is a widely known technologist and industry leader in the field of photonics and fiber optics. For nearly 40 years he has been a leading contributor to the development of a variety of important optical devices, company leadership, product and business strategy, and commercialization. The integrated optical modulator technology he and his colleagues pioneered has been used pervasively for over 20 years to encode data at multi-Gb/s rates in long-haul fiber optic networks (the Internet "superhighways"). He previously served as senior vice president and chief technology officer of JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU, now Lumentum), a leading optical components company, from 1995 until his retirement in 2003, where he played a lead role in technology strategy, mergers and acquisitions and intellectual property activities. Prior to JDSU, he was co-founder and general manager of United Technologies Photonics (UTP), a high-speed optical modulator company, and held research management positions at United Technologies Research Center  ( UTRC )  and MIT Lincoln Laboratory. He is a member of the National Academy of Engineering and the recipient of several industry awards.


The Board of Directors believes that each of the Directors named above has the necessary qualifications to be a member of the Board of Directors. Each Director has exhibited during his prior service as a director the ability to operate cohesively with the other members of the Board of Directors. Moreover, the Board of Directors believes that each director brings a strong background and skill set to the Board of Directors, giving the Board of Directors as a whole competence and experience in diverse areas, including corporate governance and board service, finance, management and industry experience.


Our bylaws provide that the number of directors who constitute our Board of Directors is determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, but the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall not be less than three or more than nine. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III, with staggered terms and with each director serving for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.


Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance


Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires that our executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities, file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Executive officers, directors and greater-than-ten percent stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with all Section 16(a) forms they file. To the best of our knowledge, based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and amendments thereto furnished to our Company during its most recent fiscal year and Forms 5 and amendments thereto furnished to our Company with respect to its most recent fiscal year, and any written representation referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of Item 405 of Regulation S-K, all of our executive officers, directors and greater-than-ten percent stockholders complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements with the following exception: Mr. Ronald Bucchi filed one late Form 4 to report an employee stock option he acquired directly from the Company.


Code of Ethics


Our Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all of the Company’s employees, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer. A copy of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available for review on the “Investors - Governance” page of our Company’s website  www.lightwavelogic.com . The Company intends to disclose any changes in or waivers from its Code of Ethics and Business Conduct by posting such information on its website.

 

Nominating Committee


Our Board of Directors does not have a nominating committee. This is due to our development stage and smaller sized Board of Directors. Instead of having such a committee, our entire Board of Directors historically has searched for and evaluated qualified individuals to become nominees for membership on our Board of Directors. No material changes to the procedures by which our stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors has occurred since we last provided disclosure regarding these procedures in our Definitive Schedule 14A filed on April 13, 2017.




46



 


Audit Committee


Our Company has in place a separately designated standing audit committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our audit committee is governed by an audit committee charter. A copy of our Audit Committee Charter is available for review on the “Investors - Governance” page of our Company’s website  www.lightwavelogic.com .


Our audit committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management and has discussed with its independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by the statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, as amended (AICPA, Professional Standards, Vol. 1, AU section 380) as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T. The audit committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from its independent accountant required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the audit committee concerning independence, and has discussed with its independent accountant the independent accountant’s independence. Based on the review and discussions described above, the audit committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the last fiscal year for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Our audit committee is comprised of Ronald A. Bucchi, William C. Pickett, III and Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi . Mr. Bucchi serves as our audit committee financial expert as that term is defined by the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Mr. Bucchi is an independent director, as defined below in Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.


Item 11.

Executive Compensation.


Compensation Discussion and Analysis 


The Company’s entire Board of Directors currently participates in the review and determination of the compensation packages of our executive officers because our Board of Directors currently has no standing compensation committee or committee performing similar functions. A discussion of the policies and decisions that shape our executive compensation program, including the specific objectives and elements, is set forth below.


Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy


The objective of our executive compensation program is to attract, retain and motivate talented executives who are critical for the continued growth and success of our Company and to align the interests of these executives with those of our shareholders. To this end, our compensation programs for executive officers are designed to achieve the following objectives:


·

attract talented and experienced executives to join the company;

·

motivate, reward and retain executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

·

be market-based and reflect the competitive environment for personnel;

·

focus executive behavior on achievement of our corporate mission and long-term corporate objectives and strategy;

·

be affordable, within the context of our operating expense model;

·

be fairly and equitably administered;

·

reflect our values; and 

·

align the interests of management and shareholders by providing management with longer-term incentives through equity ownership.


The Board of Directors reviews the allocation of compensation components regularly to help ensure alignment with strategic and operating goals, competitive market practices and our changing business needs. The Board of Directors focuses on simplicity and flexibility wherever possible. The Board of Directors does not apply a specific formula to determine the allocation between cash and non-cash forms of compensation. Certain compensation components, such as base salaries, benefits and perquisites, are intended primarily to attract and retain qualified executives. Other compensation elements, such as long-term incentive opportunities, are designed to motivate and reward our long-term performance and to strongly align named executive officers' interests with those of shareholders.




47



 


Elements of Executive Officer Compensation


The primary elements of our executive officer compensation program are: (i) annual base salary; and (ii) long-term equity incentive compensation in the form of stock option grants, with the objective of aligning the executive officers' long-term interests with those of the shareholders.


In establishing overall executive compensation levels and making specific compensation decisions for the executives in 2017, the Board of Directors considered a number of criteria, including the executive's position, any applicable employment agreement, prior compensation levels, scope of responsibilities, prior and current period performance, attainment of individual and overall company performance objectives and retention concerns. In addition, the Board of Directors considered the results of the advisory vote by shareholders on the "say-on-pay" proposal presented to shareholders at the Company’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders where approximately 82% of the votes cast on the “say-on-pay” proposal was voted for approval of the 2014 executive compensation. In determining our 2017 executive compensation program, the Board of Directors reviewed the results of the say-on-pay vote and concluded that changes to the program were not desired by our shareholders for 2017. Therefore, our 2017 executive compensation approach was overall generally in line with the executive officer compensation approach previously approved by our shareholders.


The Board of Directors performs a review of compensation for our executive officers annually. As part of this review, the Board of Directors takes into consideration its understanding of external market data, including companies competing in our industry. The Board of Directors does not engage independent consultants to perform an analysis of the current compensation program.


Generally, our Board of Directors reviews and approves compensation arrangements for executive officers annually and in connection with the hiring of new executives. We do not have any formal or informal policy regarding compensation arrangements for executive officers. Instead, the Board of Directors determines what it believes to be the appropriate level and mix of the various compensation components based on recommendations from our chief executive officer, Company performance against stated objectives and individual performance.


In considering compensation of executives, one of the factors the Board of Directors takes into account is the anticipated tax treatment of various components of compensation. Our Board’s strategy is to be cost and tax efficient and the Board intends to preserve corporate tax deductions where possible, while maintaining the flexibility in the future to approve arrangements that it deems to be in our best interests and the best interests of our shareholders, even if such arrangements do not always qualify for full tax deductibility. We do not believe Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which generally disallows a tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1 million to our named executive officers, will have a material effect on us due to the current compensation levels of named executive officers.


Base Salary


Base salaries are reviewed at least annually by our Board of Directors and may be adjusted from time to time based upon market conditions, individual responsibilities and Company and individual performance. We believe that a competitive base salary is a necessary element of any compensation program that is designed to attract and retain talented and experienced executives. We also believe that attractive base salaries can motivate and reward executives for their overall performance. Base salaries are established in part based on the individual experience, skills and expected contributions of our executives and our executives' performance during the prior year, in addition to affordability within the context of our operating expense model.


In March 2017, our Board of Directors approved a merit increase in base salary for James S. Marcelli, based upon various factors, including a review of individual performance during 2016. Effective May 1, 2017, Mr. Marcelli’s base salary increased from $225,000 to $250,000 per year, which represents an approximate 11.11% adjustment.


Annual Non-Equity Incentive Compensation


Annual non-equity incentive compensation is typically not included as part of our named executive compensation given that our Company is in the development stage. However, in March 2016, Mr. Marcelli received a one-time cash bonus of $15,000 and a gross up for payment of taxes on the cash bonus of approximately $8,900.




48



 


Long-term Equity Incentive Compensation


Long-term incentive compensation allows the executive officers to share in any appreciation in the value of our common stock. The Board of Directors believes that stock option participation aligns executive officers' interests with those of the shareholders. The amounts of the awards are designed to reward past performance, create incentives to meet long-term objectives and ensure that we retain executive talent over a longer period of time. Awards are based upon various factors, including market conditions and incentives given by other companies in our industry.


Stock option awards provide our executive officers with the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a fixed exercise price, and stock option vest over time, subject to continued employment with our company over the vesting period. Stock options generally vest quarterly over a period of one year. All stock options have an exercise price equal to fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, which is equal to our closing market price on such date.


Severance and Change in Control Benefits

 

Pursuant to employment agreements we have entered into with our executives and the terms of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, our executives are entitled to certain benefits in the event of a change in control of our Company or the termination of their employment under specified circumstances, including termination following a change in control. We believe these benefits help us compete for and retain executive talent and are generally in line with severance packages offered to executives by the companies in our peer group. We also believe that these benefits would serve to minimize the distraction caused by any change in control scenario and reduce the risk that key talent would leave the Company before any such transaction closes, which could reduce the value of the Company if such transaction failed to close.


Other Compensation


Generally, benefits available to executive officers are available to all employees on similar terms and include health and welfare benefits, disability benefits and a 401(k) plan.


We provide the benefits above to attract and retain our executive officers by offering compensation that is competitive with other companies similar in size and stage of development. These benefits represent a relatively small portion of their total compensation.


The table below summarizes all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.


Summary Compensation Table


Name and Principal Position

 

                     (a)

Year

 

(b)

Salary

($)

(c) (1)

Bonus

($)

(d)

Stock

Awards

($)

(e) (2)

Option

Awards

($)

(f) (2)

All Other

Compensation

($)

(g) (3)

Total

($)

(h)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby (4)

2017

176,667

8,000

305,662

29,893

520,222

CEO; Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Zelibor (5)

2017

116,667

  12,459

     813

129,939

Former CEO; Chmn. of the Board

2016

350,000

105,493

  2,440

457,933

 

2015

350,000

188,402

  2,440

540,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James S. Marcelli (6)

2017

241,667

  2,282

243,949

President; COO; Sec., Director

2016

225,000

15,000

0

    7,203

11,051

258,254

 

2015

219,167

522,716

  2,150

744,033


(1)

The named executive officer’s compensation includes the amount for services rendered to the Company in his capacity as both an officer and a director.

(2)

The aggregate fair value of awards and options in columns (e) and (f) are computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. The amounts shown in columns (f) do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officers.

(3)

The amount in column (g) reflects a salary gross up for long term disability premium payments.



49



 


(4)

Dr. Lebby became our Chief Executive Officer on May 1, 2017. The amounts in column (e) and (g) include compensation for serving on the Operations Committee of the Board of Directors in the amounts of $8,000 and $28,000, respectively. Dr. Lebby resigned from the Operations Committee of the Board of Directors effective April 30, 2017. The amount in column (g) also includes a salary gross up for long term disability premium payments of $1,893.

(5)

Mr. Zelibor resigned as our Chief Executive Officer effective April 30, 2017. He continues to serve as our Chair of the Board. The amount in column (g) includes a salary gross up for long term disability premium payments of $813.

(6)

Mr. Marcelli received a cash bonus of $15,000 on March 31, 2016. During 2016, the amount in column (g) includes a gross up for payment of taxes on the cash bonus during 2016 in the amount of $8,915 and a salary gross up for long term disability premium payments of 2,136.


At no time during the last fiscal year was any outstanding option otherwise modified or re-priced, and there was no tandem feature, reload feature, or tax-reimbursement feature associated with any of the stock options we granted to our executive officers or otherwise.


We grant stock awards and stock options to our executive officers based on their level of experience and contributions to our Company. The aggregate fair value of awards and options are computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718 and are reported in the Summary Compensation Table above in the columns (e) and (f).


Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal Year 2017


The following table shows for fiscal year 2017, certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers:


Name

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

All other
stock awards: Number of shares of stock or units
(#)

 

 

All Other 
Option Awards:
Number of Securities

Underlying
Options
(#)

 

 

Exercise or Base Price Per Share of Option Awards
($)

 

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock and
Option Awards
($) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

  

  

01/17/17

  

  

  

  

  50,000 (2)

  

  

0.85

  

  

  26,547

   

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

03/20/17

 

 

 

 

350,000 (3)

 

 

0.70

 

 

280,120

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

01/06/17

 

 

3,430 (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2,569

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

02/08/17

 

 

2,569 (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    1,747

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

03/08/17

 

 

2,941 (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2,026

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

04/07/17

 

 

2,888 (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2,201

 

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

 

 

05/05/17

 

 

2,599 (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2,963

 

 

(1)

The aggregate fair value of options in this column are computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718. The amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officer.

(2)

Granted for director services prior to Dr. Lebby becoming Chief Executive Officer.

(3)

Granted upon Dr. Lebby being named Chief Executive Officer.

(4)

Granted in connection with Operations Committee work prior to Dr. Lebby becoming Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Lebby received stock compensation of $2,000 per month that was paid at the end of each month worked and that vested immediately. The share price was determined by the average VWAP over each 30-day period worked.




50



 


The table below summarizes all of the outstanding equity awards for our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017, our latest fiscal year end.


Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End


 

Option Awards

Name

 

  (a)

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options(#) exercisable

 

(b)

Number of
securities
underlying unexercised
options(#) unexercisable

 

(c)

Equity incentive plan awards: number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options

(#)

(d)

Option

exercise

price

($)

(e)

Option

expiration

date

 

(f)

 

                           

                           

                           

                           

                           

Dr. Michael S. Lebby

   150,000

50,000

0.69

08/25/25

CEO, Director (1)(4)

     50,000

0.68

01/28/26

 

     50,000

0.85

01/16/27

 

   262,500

87,500

0.70

03/19/27

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Zelibor

   100,000

0.86

11/09/25

Former CEO,

   350,000

0.70

06/30/25

Chair of the Board (2)(4)

   250,000

0.565

12/19/26

 

   500,000

1.30

04/30/22

 

     40,000

0.92

03/04/24

 

 

 

 

 

 

James S. Marcelli

     50,000

0.67

08/09/25

President, COO, Sec.,

1,150,000

0.70

06/30/25

Director (3)(4)

   100,000

1.00

05/16/23


(1)

Dr. Lebby received an option to purchase up to: (i) 200,000 shares of common stock, of which 50,000 shares vested on August 26, 2015 and the remaining shares vest in equal annual installments of 50,000 options per year commencing on August 26, 2016; (ii) 50,000 shares of common stock, of which 20,000 shares vested on February 11, 2016 and the remaining shares vested quarterly in equal installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2016; (iii) 50,000 shares of common stock, of which 20,000 shares vested on January 17, 2017 and the remaining shares vested quarterly in equal installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2017; (iv) 350,000 shares of common stock, which vest quarterly over one year in equal installments of 87,500 shares per quarter beginning May 1, 2017.

(2)

Mr. Zelibor received an option to purchase up to: (i) 100,000 shares of common stock, of which 12,500 shares vested on January 1, 2016 and the remaining shares vested quarterly in equal installments of 12,500 shares beginning April 1, 2016; (ii) 350,000 shares of common stock that vested immediately; (iii) 250,000 shares of common stock that vested immediately; (iv) 500,000 shares of common stock, which vested quarterly over one year in equal installments of 125,000 shares per quarter beginning May 1, 2012; and (iv) 40,000 shares of common stock, which vested quarterly over one year in equal installments of 10,000 beginning April 1, 2014

(3)

Mr. Marcelli received an option to purchase up to (i) 50,000 shares of common stock, of which 12,500 shares vested on August 10, 2015 and the remaining shares vested quarterly in equal installments of 12,500 shares; (ii) 1,150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.70 that vested immediately; and (iii) up to 100,000 shares of common stock, of which 25,000 shares vested on August 1, 2013 and the remaining shares vested quarterly in equal installments of 25,000 shares commencing on October 1, 2013.

(4)

In the event of a change in control of our Company, such person’s options will become fully vested and/or exercisable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such change in control, and shall remain exercisable as set forth in their stock option agreement.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested


No stock options, SARs and similar instruments were exercised, and no stock, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and similar instruments vested, by or for any of our named executive officer during the last completed fiscal year.




51



 


Pension Benefits-Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation


No pension benefits were paid to any of our named executive officers during the last completed fiscal year . We do not currently sponsor any non-qualified defined contribution plans or non-qualified deferred compensation plans.


Employee, Severance, Separation and Change in Control Agreements

Dr. Michael S. Lebby Employee Agreement- Chief Executive Officer


On March 20, 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Michael S. Lebby (the “ Lebby Employment Agreement ”). The term of the Lebby Employment Agreement commenced on May 1, 2017 for a period of 24 months, following which time the Lebby Employment Agreement will be renewed for successive 12-month periods at the end of each term upon the written agreement of the parties that shall be delivered by each party to the other not less than 60 days prior to the expiration of the existing term. Pursuant to the Lebby Employment Agreement, Dr. Lebby’s 2017 base compensation was $265,000 per year. Upon entering into the Lebby Employment Agreement, Dr. Lebby was granted (i) 350,000 stock options, which have an exercise price of $0.70 per share. T he options vest quarterly over one year in equal installments of 87,500 shares per quarter beginning May 1, 2017. In the event of a change in control of our Company, Dr. Lebby’s options will become fully vested and/or exercisable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such change in control, and shall remain exercisable as set forth in Dr. Lebby’s stock option agreement.


If Dr. Lebby’s employment terminates upon the expiration of the term of the Lebby Employment Agreement, and the Company elects for any reason not to renew the Lebby Employment Agreement for an additional 12-month term, then our Company will continue to pay to Dr. Lebby the compensation described in the Lebby Employment Agreement for a period of 9 months the after the termination. If Dr. Lebby’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause during the term of the Lebby Employment Agreement, the Company will pay to Dr. Lebby’s the compensation described in the Lebby Employment Agreement for the remainder of the term of Lebby Employment Agreement or 12 months, whichever is longer.


Mr. Thomas E. Zelibor Employee Agreement- Chief Executive Officer


On March 3, 2014, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Zelibor, which was amended during 2015 and 2016 (collectively, the “ Zelibor Employment Agreement ”), which replaced his previous employment agreement, as amended. The term of the Zelibor Employment Agreement commenced on January 1, 2014 for a period of 24 months, following which time the Zelibor Employment Agreement will be renewed for successive 12-month periods at the end of each term upon the written agreement of the parties that shall be delivered by each party to the other not less than 60 days prior to the expiration of the existing term. Pursuant to the Zelibor Employment Agreement, Mr. Zelibor’s 2017 base compensation was $350,000 per year. Upon entering into the Zelibor Employment Agreement, Mr. Zelibor was granted (i) 40,000 stock options, which have an exercise price of $0.92 per share. T he options vested quarterly over one year in equal installments of 10,000 shares per quarter beginning April 1, 2014 ; and (ii) an annual 25,000 share stock grant, that vested upon grant, all of which Mr. Zelibor voluntarily forfeited. On July 1, 2015, (i) an option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.75 per share issued July 11, 2008 and set to expire on July 10, 2015; (ii) an option to purchase up to 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.42 per share issued August 29, 2008 and set to expire on August 29, 2015; and (iii) an option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share issued December 13, 2010 and set to expire on December 12, 2015 were cancelled, and on that same date, Mr. Zelibor received an option to purchase up to 350,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.70 that vested immediately. On November 10, 2015, Mr. Zelibor was granted an option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.86 per share. The option vested 12,500 shares on January 1, 2016 and the remaining vested in quarterly equal installments of 12,500 shares beginning April 1, 2016. On December 20, 2016, Mr. Zelibor was awarded an option to purchase up to 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.565 per share that vested immediately. In the event of a change in control of our Company, Mr. Zelibor’s options will become fully vested and/or exercisable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such change in control, and shall remain exercisable as set forth in Mr. Zelibor’s stock option agreement.




52



 


If Mr. Zelibor’s employment terminates upon his death and key man life insurance is in place for Mr. Zelibor, our Company will continue to pay the compensation described in the Zelibor Employment Agreement to his estate through the remainder of the term of the Zelibor Employment Agreement, or 12 months, whichever is longer. If Mr. Zelibor’s employment terminates upon the expiration of the term of the Zelibor Employment Agreement, and the Company elects for any reason not to renew the Zelibor Employment Agreement for an additional 12-month term, then our Company will continue to pay to Mr. Zelibor the compensation described in the Zelibor Employment Agreement for a period of 9 months the after the termination. If Mr. Zelibor’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause during the term of the Zelibor Employment Agreement, the Company will pay to Mr. Zelibor the compensation described in the Zelibor Employment Agreement for the remainder of the term of Zelibor Employment Agreement or 12 months, whichever is longer.


Mr. Zelibor voluntarily resigned as our Company’s chief executive officer effective April 30, 2017.


Mr. James S. Marcelli Employee Agreement- President; Chief Operating Officer


On August 10, 2015, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Marcelli, which was amended during 2015 and 2017 (collectively, the “ Marcelli Employment Agreement ”), which replaced his previous employment agreement, as amended. The term of the Marcelli Employment Agreement commenced on January 1, 2014 and expires December 31, 2019, following which time the Marcelli Employment Agreement will be renewed for successive 12-month periods at the end of each term upon the written agreement of the parties that shall be delivered by each party to the other not less than 60 days prior to the expiration of the existing term. Pursuant to the Marcelli Employment Agreement, Mr. Marcelli’s 2017 base compensation was $250,000 per year. Upon entering into the Marcelli Employment Agreement, Mr. Marcelli was granted (i) 50,000 stock options, which have an exercise price of $0.67 per share. T he options vested quarterly over one year in equal installments of 12,500 shares per quarter beginning August 10, 2015. In the event of a change in control of our Company, Mr. Marcelli’s options will become fully vested and/or exercisable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such change in control, and shall remain exercisable as set forth in Mr. Marcelli’s stock option agreement.


If Mr. Marcelli’s employment terminates upon his death and key man life insurance is in place for Mr. Marcelli, our Company will continue to pay the compensation described in the Marcelli Employment Agreement to his estate through the remainder of the term of the Marcelli Employment Agreement, or 12 months, whichever is longer. If Mr. Marcelli’s employment terminates upon the expiration of the term of the Marcelli Employment Agreement, and the Company elects for any reason not to renew the Marcelli Employment Agreement for an additional 12-month term, then our Company will continue to pay to Mr. Marcelli the compensation described in the Marcelli Employment Agreement for a period of 9 months the after the termination. If Mr. Marcelli’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause during the term of the Marcelli Employment Agreement, the Company will pay to Mr. Marcelli the compensation described in the Marcelli Employment Agreement for the remainder of the term of Marcelli Employment Agreement or 12 months, whichever is longer.


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change In Control


Other than the provisions of the executive severance benefits to which our named executive officers would be entitled to at December 31, 2017 as set forth above, we have no liabilities under termination or change in control conditions. We do not have a formal policy to determine executive severance benefits. Each executive severance arrangement is negotiated on an individual basis.


The tables below estimate the current value of amounts payable to our named executive officers in the event that a termination of employment occurred on December 31, 2017. In the event a named executive officer is terminated (i) by the Company for cause, or disability, or (ii) by a named executive officer (a) prior to expiration of the term, or (b) upon expiration of the term without renewal, no compensation is due to that named executive officer. The closing price of our common stock, as reported on the OTCMarket, was $1.14 on December 29, 2017. The following tables exclude certain benefits, such as health and welfare benefits, disability benefits and a 401(k) plan that are available to all employees generally. The actual amount of payments and benefits that would be provided can only be determined at the time of a change in control and/or the named executive officer’s qualifying separation from the Company.




53



 


Dr. Michael S. Lebby


 

Termination by Company

Without cause

Termination upon expiration of term without renewal by Company

Termination upon death

Upon a change in control

Value of Option Shares Accelerated





$38,448


Cash Payments


$353,333


$198,750



Total Cash Benefits and Payments


$353,333


$198,750



$38,448


Mr. Thomas E. Zelibor


Mr. Zelibor voluntarily resigned as our Company’s chief executive officer effective April 30, 2017 and no payments were made to him in connection with his resignation.


Mr. James S. Marcelli


 

Termination by Company

Without cause

Termination upon expiration of term without renewal by Company

Termination upon death

Upon a change in control

Value of Option Shares Accelerated





$0 (1)


Cash Payments


$500,000


$187,500


$250,000 (2)


Total Cash Benefits and Payments


$500,000


$187,500


$250,000 (2)


$0


(1)

All of Mr. Marcelli’s options are vested.

(2)

Payable only in the event the Company has key man life insurance in effect for Mr. Marcelli.


Pay Ratio Disclosure


Not Applicable.


Compensation of Directors


Set forth below is a summary of the compensation of our directors during our December 31, 2017 fiscal year.


Name

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
($)

Stock Awards

($)

Option Awards

($)

Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation
($)

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
($)

All
Other Compensation

($)

Total

($)

Michael Lebby (1)

Thomas E. Zelibor (2)

James S. Marcelli (3)

William C. Pickett, III (4)

  71,336

  71,336

Joseph A. Miller (5)

  26,547

  26,547

Ronald A. Bucchi (6)

276,547

276,547

Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi (7)

  26,547

  26,547

Frederick Leonberger (8)

81,000

  40,555

330,699

452,254




54



 


(1)

Dr. Lebby served solely as a director until May 1, 2017 when he was named as an executive officer and a director. Dr. Lebby’s total 2017 compensation is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above.

(2)

Mr. Zelibor served as an executive officer and director until April 30, 2017 and since that time he serves as a director; but received no additional compensation for serving as a director during 2017.

(3)

Mr. Marcelli serves as an executive officer and a director but receives no additional compensation for serving as a director.

(4)

On March 4, 2015, Mr. Pickett received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2015. On February 1, 2016, Mr. Pickett received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2016. On January 9, 2017, Mr. Pickett received an option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.75 that vested on that same date. On January 17, 2017, Mr. Pickett received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 options vest immediately, and the remaining options vest in three equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Pickett holds options to purchase up to 650,000 shares of common stock.

(5)

On May 10, 2016, Dr. Miller received an option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.60 that vest immediately. On March 4, 2015, Dr. Miller received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2015. On February 1, 2016, Dr. Miller received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2016. On January 17, 2017, Dr. Miller received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 options vest immediately, and the remaining options vest in three equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2017 . As of December 31, 2017, Dr. Miller holds options to purchase up to 400,000 shares of common stock.

(6)

On June 11, 2012, Mr. Bucchi received an option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.90 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 50,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal annual installments of 50,000 options per year commencing on June 11, 2013. On March 4, 2015, Mr. Bucchi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2015. On February 1, 2016, Mr. Bucchi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2016. On January 17, 2017, Mr. Bucchi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 options vest immediately, and the remaining options vest in three equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2017 . On May 17, 2017, Mr. Bucchi received an option to purchase up to 300,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 that vest immediately. As of December 31, 2017, Mr. Bucchi holds options to purchase up to 550,000 shares of common stock.

(7)

On November 1, 2013, Mr. El-Ahmadi received an option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.93 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 50,000 shares on November 1, 2013 and the remaining options vest in equal annual installments of 50,000 options per year commencing on November 1, 2014. On March 4, 2015, Mr. El-Ahmadi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2015. On February 1, 2016, Mr. El-Ahmadi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.80 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 shares vested immediately; and the remaining options vest in 3 equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per year commencing on April 1, 2016. On January 17, 2017, Mr. El-Ahmadi received an option to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.85 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 20,000 options vest immediately, and the remaining options vest in three equal quarterly installments of 10,000 options per quarter commencing on April 1, 2017 . As of December 31, 2017, Mr. El-Ahmadi holds options to purchase up to 400,000 shares of common stock.



55



 


(8)

During 2017 Dr. Leonberger received $81,000 in cash as compensation for serving on our Operations Committee. On March 28, 2017, Dr. Leonberger received an option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.73 that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 50,000 options vest on April 1, 2017 and the remaining options vest in equal annual installments of 50,000 options commencing on April 1, 2018. In December 2012, Dr. Leonberger received a warrant to purchase up to 125,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.98 per share that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 31,256 vesting immediately and 7,812 vesting every month from date of grant. In December 2017, the warrant was extended to December 2022. In December 2013, Dr. Leonberger received a warrant to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.715 per share that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 25,000 immediately and the remaining in equal monthly installments of 7,500 over the next 10 months. In December 2017, the warrant was extended to December 2023. In December 2014, Dr. Leonberger received a warrant to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.77 per share that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 25,000 immediately and the remaining in equal monthly installments of 7,500 over the next 10 months. In December 2017, the warrant was extended to December 2024. In December 2015, Dr. Leonberger received a warrant to purchase up to 125,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.60 per share that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 31,250 immediately and the remaining in equal monthly installments of 9,375 over the next 10 months. In December 2017, the warrant was extended to December 2025. In December 2016, Dr. Leonberger received a warrant to purchase up to 275,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.60 per share that vest pursuant to the following schedule: 181,250 immediately and the remaining in equal monthly installments of 9,375 over the next 10 months. In March 2017, the warrant was amended to vest 181,250 shares of common stock immediately and 92,750 shares of common stock on March 24, 2017. In December 2017, the warrant was extended to December 2026. As of December 31, 2017, Dr. Leonberger holds options to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase up to 725,000 shares of common stock.


In the event of a change in control of our Company, all of the above person’s options become fully vested and/or exercisable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such change in control, and shall remain exercisable as set forth in their stock option agreement.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation


Our entire Board of Directors serves as our Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors has no standing compensation committee or committee performing similar functions. This is due to the Company’s development stage, lack of business operations, the small number of executive officers involved with the Company, and the fact that the Company operates with few employees. Our Board of Directors will continue to evaluate, from time to time, whether it should appoint standing compensation committee.


The Company’s entire Board of Directors currently participates in the consideration of executive officer and director compensation. Executive officers who are also directors participate in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation, but the independent directors ultimately determine the executive compensation.  During 2017, Michael Lebby, Thomas Zelibor and James Marcelli served as both executive officers and directors of our Company. Neither the Board of Directors nor management utilizes compensation consultants in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation .


Compensation Policies and Practices As They Relate To Our Risk Management


No risks arise from our Company’s compensation policies and practices for our employees that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Company.


Pay Ratio Disclosure


Not Applicable.




56



 


Compensation Committee Report


The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions the compensation committee recommended to the board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Board of Directors:


Michael Lebby

Thomas E. Zelibor

James S. Marcelli

William C. Pickett, III

Joseph A. Miller

Ronald A. Bucchi

Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi

Frederick Leonberger


This report shall not constitute "soliciting material," shall not be deemed "filed" with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate this report by reference therein.


Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.


The following table sets forth, as of March 15, 2018, the names, addresses, amount and nature of beneficial ownership and percent of such ownership of each person or group known to our Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of our common stock:


Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

 

Amount and Nature

of Beneficial Ownership (2)

 

% of Class Owned (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mary Goetz

 

4,517,306

 

 

6.02%


(1)

In care of our Company at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO 80112.

(2)

To our best knowledge, as of the date hereof, such holders had the sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them, unless otherwise indicated herein. Includes the person's right to obtain additional shares of common stock within 60 days from the date hereof.

(4)

Based on 75,000,557 shares of common stock outstanding on March 15, 2018. Does not include shares underlying: (i) options to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2007 Employee Stock Plan and our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan; or (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.




57



 


The following table sets forth, as of March 15, 2018, the names, addresses, amount and nature of beneficial ownership and percent of such ownership of our common stock of each of our officers and directors, and officers and directors as a group:


Security Ownership of Management


Name and Address (1)

 

Amount and Nature

of Beneficial Ownership (2)

 

% Owned (3)(4)

Michael Lebby

Chief Executive Officer, Principal Executive Officer and Director

 

662,643

(5)

 

 

James S. Marcelli
President, Chief Operating Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

 

1,553,400

(6)

 

2.07%

Thomas E. Zelibor
Chair of the Board of Directors

 

1,326,824

(7)

 

1.76%

William C. Pickett, III

Director

 

701,000

(8)

 

*

Joseph A. Miller, Jr.

Director

 

456,800

(9)

 

*

Ronald A. Bucchi

Director

 

767,400

(10)

 

*

Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi

Director

 

430,000

(11)

 

*

Frederick Leonberger

Director

 

855,000

(12)

 

*

Directors and Officers as a Group (8 Persons):

 

6,753,067

 

 

9.0%

———————

* Less than 1%.


(1)

In care of our Company at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO 80112.

(2)

To our best knowledge, as of the date hereof, such holders had the sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them, unless otherwise indicated herein. Includes the person's right to obtain additional shares of common stock within 60 days from March 17, 2017.

(3)

Based on 75,000,557 shares of common stock outstanding on March 15, 2018. Does not include shares underlying: (i) options to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2007 Employee Stock Plan and our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

(4)

If a person listed on this table has the right to obtain additional shares of common stock within 60 days from March 15, 2018, the additional shares are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of class owned by such person but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of any other person.

(5)

Consists of 62,643 shares of common stock and an option to purchase up to 600,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.

(6)

Consists of 246,700 shares of common stock, an option to purchase up to 1,300,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018, and a warrant to purchase up to 6,700 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.

(7)

Consists of 50,124 shares of common stock, an option to purchase up to 1,270,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018 and a warrant to purchase up to 6,700 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.

(8)

Consists of 21,000 shares of common stock and an option to purchase up to 680,000 of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.

(9)

Consists of 13,400 shares of common stock, options to purchase up to 430,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018 and warrants to purchase up to 13,400 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.  

(10)

Consists of 174,000 shares of common stock, an option to purchase up to 580,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018 and warrants to purchase up to 13,400 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018. Mr. Bucchi disclaims beneficial ownership of 53,000 shares held by his spouse.  

(11)

Consists of an option to purchase up to 430,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.  



58



 


(12)

Consists of an option to purchase up to 130,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018 and warrants to purchase up to 725,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days from March 15, 2018.

 

We are not aware of any arrangements that could result in a change of control.


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans


Information regarding our compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance can be found in Part II –Item 5 of this report.


Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.


Dr.  Frederick J. Leonberger, through EOvation Advisors LLC, has served as a senior advisor to our Company since December 2011, with emphasis on modulator/technology development. Our Company paid EOvation Advisors LLC approximately $114,360 in consulting compensation during the fiscal year ended 2016. Information regarding compensation paid to Dr. Leonberger in 2017 is described in Item 11 - Executive Compensation.


Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions


Our Company does not have any formal written policies or procedures for related party transactions, however in practice, our Board of Directors reviews and approves all related party transactions and other matters pertaining to the integrity of management, including potential conflicts of interest, trading in our securities, or adherence to standards of business conduct.


Director Independence

 

Although we are currently traded on the OTCQB Market, our Board of Directors has reviewed each of the Directors’ relationships with the Company in conjunction with NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) that provides that an “independent director” is ‘a person other than an Executive Officer or employee of the Company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the Company's board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.’ Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that the following directors, William C. Pickett, III, Joseph A. Miller, Jr., Ronald A. Bucchi, and Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi are independent directors in that they are independent of management and free of any relationship that would interfere with their independent judgment as members of our Board of Directors. In making such determination, our Board of Directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our Company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. The following members of our Board of Directors, Thomas E. Zelibor, Dr. Michael Lebby, James S. Marcelli, Frederick J. Leonberger, and Andrew Ashton (served as a director from 2004 to 3/22/17) are not are independent directors pursuant to the standards described above.


Our Company does not have a separately designated nominating or compensation committee or committee performing similar functions; therefore, o ur full Board of Directors currently serves in these capacities.


Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.


Audit Fees.


The aggregate fees billed for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 for professional services rendered by Morison Cogen, LLP for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and review of financial statements included in the Company’s Form 10-Q or services that are normally provided by Morison Cogen, LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements were $56,675 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $61,375 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


Audit-Related Fees.


Fees billed for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 for assurance and related services rendered by Morison Cogen, LLP that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and are not reported under the category Audit Fees described above were $0 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016.



59



 


Tax Fees.


Fees billed for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 for tax compliance services rendered by Morison Cogen, LLP were $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $6,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


All Other Fees.


Fees billed for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 for products and services provided by Morison Cogen, LLP, other than the services reported in the Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees, and Tax Fees categories above were $0 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $0 for the year ended December 31, 2016.


Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies.


The Company’s audit committee currently does not have any pre-approval policies or procedures concerning services performed by Morison Cogen, LLP. All the services performed by Morison Cogen, LLP that are described above were pre-approved by the Company’s audit committee.


None of the hours expended on Morison Cogen, LLP ‘s engagement to audit the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were attributed to work performed by persons other than Morison Cogen, LLP’s full-time, permanent employees.




60



 


PART IV


Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules


(a)

The following Audited Financial Statements are filed as part of this Form 10-K Report:

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

Balance Sheets

 

Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

 

(b)

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.


Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Location

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Form 10-SB as filed with the SEC on April 13, 2007

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Definitive Schedule 14C Information Statement as filed with the SEC on February 19, 2008

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on August 3, 2015

3.4

 

Restated Bylaws

 

Filed herewith

10.1

 

Employee Agreement – Michael Lebby

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on March 22, 2017

10.2

 

Employee Agreement - James Marcelli

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on August 12, 2015

10.3

 

Employee Agreement Amendment - James Marcelli

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on March 22, 2017

10.4

 

Employee Agreement – Thomas E. Zelibor

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on March 5, 2014

10.5

 

Employment Agreement Amendment - Thomas E. Zelibor

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2014

10.6

 

Employee Agreement Amendment – Thomas E. Zelibor

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on November 16, 2015

10.7

 

Form of Executive Paid Time Off Waiver Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.8

 

Form of Director Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.9

 

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.10

 

Form of Director’s Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.11

 

Operations Committee Charter

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on August 15, 2016

10.12

 

Statement of Operations Committee Work - Michael Lebby

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 27, 2015



61



 





10.13

 

Statement of Operations Committee Work - Frederick J. Leonberger

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on April 3, 2017

10.14

 

Consulting Agreement -EOvation Advisors, LLC dated December 26, 2016

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1 as filed with the SEC on April 19, 2017

10.15

 

2007 Employee Stock Plan

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Definitive Schedule 14C Information Statement as filed with the SEC on February 19, 2008

10.16

 

2007 Employee Stock Plan Amendment

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Definitive Schedule 14A Proxy Statement as filed with the SEC on June 16, 2010

10.17

 

2007 Employee Stock Plan Amendment

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Schedule 14A Proxy Statement as filed with the SEC on August 8, 2012

10.18

 

2007 Employee Stock Plan Amendment

 

Incorporated by reference to Company’s Definitive Schedule 14A Proxy Statement as filed with the SEC on July 22, 2014

10.19

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan  

 

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Definitive Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on April 20, 2016

10.20

 

Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award Agreement - Employees

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 17, 2017

10.21

 

Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award Agreement - Executive Officers

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 17, 2017

10.22

 

Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award Agreement - Non Employee Directors

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 17, 2017

10.23

 

Lease Agreement - Longmont, CO Facility

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on December 12, 2013

10.24

 

Lease Agreement – Englewood, CO. Facility

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 2, 2017

10.25

 

Agreement - Atotech USA, LLC

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 2, 2017

10.26

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on February 1, 2016

10.27

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2016, by and between the Company and Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC

 

Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on February 1, 2016

14.1

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

Filed herewith

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Morison Cogen LLP

 

Filed herewith

31.1

 

Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, executed by the Principal Executive Officer of the Company.

 

Filed herewith

31.2

 

Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, executed by the Principal Financial Officer of the Company.

 

Filed herewith



62



 





32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, executed by the Principal Executive Officer of the Company.

 

Furnished herewith

32.2

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, executed by the Principal Financial Officer of the Company.

 

Furnished herewith

101

 

XBRL data files of Financial Statements and Notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

 

 


Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary


None



63



 


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

Registrant

 

By:

/s/ Michael Lebby

 

 

Michael Lebby,

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


Date: March 16, 2018

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Lebby

 

Chief Executive Officer, Principal Executive Officer, Director

 

March 16, 2018

Michael Lebby

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James S. Marcelli

 

President, Chief Operating Officer, Principal Financial Officer, Secretary, Director

 

March 16, 2018

James S. Marcelli

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas E. Zelibor

 

Chair of the Board of Directors

 

March 16, 2018

Thomas E. Zelibor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William C. Pickett, III

 

Director

 

March 16, 2018

William C. Pickett, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph A. Miller

 

Director

 

March 16, 2018

Joseph A. Miller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald A. Bucchi

 

Director

 

March 16, 2018

Ronald A. Bucchi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi

 

Director

 

March 16, 2018

Siraj Nour El-Ahmadi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Frederick J. Leonberger

 

Director

 

March 16, 2018

Frederick J. Leonberger

 

 

 

 
















64



 


LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016




CONTENTS


 

PAGE

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2 - F-3

 

 

BALANCE SHEETS

F-4

 

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

F-5

 

 

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

F-6

 

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

F-7

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-8 - F-20










F-1



 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Lightwave Logic, Inc.



Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting


We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Lightwave Logic, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.


Basis for Opinion


The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.


Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.



F-2



 


To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Lightwave Logic, Inc.

(Continued)



Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting


A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.




/s/ Morison Cogen LLP


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.


Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

March 16, 2018










F-3



 


LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS


 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,482,327

 

 

$

1,956,844

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

584,919

 

 

 

136,942

 

 

 

 

4,067,246

 

 

 

2,093,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - NET

 

 

1,176,749

 

 

 

425,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets - net

 

 

605,775

 

 

 

667,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

5,849,770

 

 

$

3,187,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable including current portion of equipment purchase

 

$

547,805

 

 

$

65,027

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses - related parties

 

 

8,770

 

 

 

5,559

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

92,186

 

 

 

57,300

 

 

 

 

648,761

 

 

 

127,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG TERM EQUIPMENT PURCHASE - NET OF CURRENT PORTION

 

 

184,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

833,055

 

 

 

127,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000 authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock $0.001 par value, 250,000,000 authorized, 74,068,259 and 68,077,288 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

 

74,068

 

 

 

68,078

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

56,698,658

 

 

 

48,998,073

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(51,756,011

)

 

 

(46,006,629

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

5,016,715

 

 

 

3,059,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

5,849,770

 

 

$

3,187,408

 





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-4



 



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015


 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET SALES

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST AND EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

3,519,129

 

 

 

2,474,689

 

 

 

2,825,099

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,004,409

 

 

 

1,660,889

 

 

 

2,020,582

 

 

 

 

5,523,538

 

 

 

4,135,578

 

 

 

4,845,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(5,523,538

)

 

 

(4,135,578

)

 

 

(4,845,681

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

250

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

249

 

Commitment fee

 

 

(226,094

)

 

 

(271,885

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS

 

$

(5,749,382

)

 

$

(4,407,208

)

 

$

(4,845,432

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Loss per Share

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Weighted Average Number of Shares

 

 

70,876,576

 

 

 

66,201,531

 

 

 

60,326,470

 


 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-5



 


LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Common

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

 

58,381,854

 

 

$

58,382

 

 

$

40,753,189

 

 

$

(36,753,989

)

 

$

4,057,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued in private placement

 

 

6,793,767

 

 

 

6,794

 

 

 

4,308,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,315,000

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

62,258

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

48,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,963

 

Options issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,339,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,339,692

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

91,263

 

Net loss for the year ending December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,845,432

)

 

 

(4,845,432

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

 

 

65,237,879

 

 

 

65,238

 

 

 

46,541,251

 

 

 

(41,599,421

)

 

 

5,007,068

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued to institutional investor

 

 

2,400,000

 

 

 

2,400

 

 

 

1,550,790

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,553,190

 

Common stock issued for additional commitment shares

 

 

400,481

 

 

 

401

 

 

 

271,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

271,885

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

38,928

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

23,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,000

 

Options issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

436,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

436,228

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

174,359

 

Net loss for the year ending December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,407,208

)

 

 

(4,407,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

 

68,077,288

 

 

 

68,078

 

 

 

48,998,073

 

 

 

(46,006,629

)

 

 

3,059,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued to institutional investor

 

 

5,300,000

 

 

 

5,300

 

 

 

5,716,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,722,060

 

Common stock issued for additional commitment shares

 

 

185,974

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

225,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,093

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

469,000

 

 

 

469

 

 

 

502,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

502,500

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

35,997

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

44,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,250

 

Options issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

794,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

794,738

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

416,934

 

 

 

 

 

 

416,934

 

Net loss for the year ending December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,749,382

)

 

 

(5,749,382

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

 

74,068,259

 

 

$

74,068

 

 

$

56,698,658

 

 

$

(51,756,011

)

 

$

5,016,715

 






The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-6



 


LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

For the

 

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

Year Ending

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,749,382

)

 

$

(4,407,208

)

 

$

(4,845,432

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

416,934

 

 

 

174,359

 

 

 

91,263

 

Stock options issued for services

 

 

794,738

 

 

 

436,228

 

 

 

1,339,692

 

Common stock issued for services and fees

 

 

270,343

 

 

 

295,885

 

 

 

48,963

 

Depreciation and amortization of patents

 

 

325,946

 

 

 

195,610

 

 

 

179,907

 

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

(644

)

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(447,977

)

 

 

127,549

 

 

 

(136,264

)

(Decrease) increase in liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(58,395

)

 

 

32,175

 

 

 

(145,313

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses-related parties

 

 

3,211

 

 

 

490

 

 

 

(5,254

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

34,886

 

 

 

(7,736

)

 

 

31,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(4,409,696

)

 

 

(3,153,292

)

 

 

(3,440,755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of intangibles

 

 

(81,743

)

 

 

(64,096

)

 

 

(29,577

)

Purchase of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements

 

 

(183,789

)

 

 

(129,163

)

 

 

(279,903

)

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

19,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(265,532

)

 

 

(173,759

)

 

 

(309,480

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of warrants

 

 

502,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock, institutional investor

 

 

5,722,060

 

 

 

1,553,190

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock, private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,315,000

 

Repayment of equipment purchased

 

 

(23,849

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

6,200,711

 

 

 

1,553,190

 

 

 

4,315,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

1,525,483

 

 

 

(1,773,861

)

 

 

564,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

1,956,844

 

 

 

3,730,705

 

 

 

3,165,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - END OF YEAR

 

$

3,482,327

 

 

$

1,956,844

 

 

$

3,730,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment acquisition funded by liability

 

$

749,316

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Common stock for service, paid in advance

 

 

36,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


   




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


F-7



 


LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


History and Nature of Business

Lightwave Logic, Inc. is a technology Company focused on the development of next generation photonic devices and non-linear optical polymer materials systems for applications in high speed fiber-optic data communications and optical computing markets. Currently the Company is in various stages of photonic device and materials development and evaluation with potential customers and strategic partners. The Company expects to obtain a revenue stream from datacom and telecom devices, sales of non-linear optical polymers, and product development agreements prior to moving into full-scale production.


The Company’s current development activities are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including failing to secure additional funding to operationalize the Company’s technology now under development.


Lightwave Logic, Inc., (the “Company”) was organized under the laws of the State of Nevada in 1997 as Eastern Idaho Internet Service, Inc. The Company was engaged in an unrelated business until June 30, 1998, at which time the principal assets of that business were sold and operations were discontinued. The Company was inactive until the acquisition of PSI-TEC Corporation (“PSI-TEC”) on July 14, 2004, which is when the Company commenced with its current business and changed its name to PSI-TEC Holdings, Inc.


Merger

On July 14, 2004, the Company acquired PSI-TEC in a share exchange, which was considered to be a capital transaction in substance rather than a business combination, and was accounted for as a change of capital structure under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. On October 20, 2006, the Company and PSI-TEC merged and the Company changed its name to Third-Order Nanotechnologies, Inc. On March 10, 2008, the Company changed its name to Lightwave Logic, Inc.


Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future, actual results could differ from the estimates.






F-8



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Cash Equivalents

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid instruments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.


Concentration of Credit Risk

Certain financial instruments potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial instruments consist primarily of cash. At December 31, 2017, the Company did have deposits with a financial institution that exceed the Federal Depository Insurance coverage.


Property and Equipment

Equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is principally provided by use of straight-line methods for financial and tax reporting purposes over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 5 years. When property is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in operations.


Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost. Patents are amortized over their estimated useful lives, commencing from the date of grant for the remaining legal lives of the patents. The patents generally have a term of up to 20 years from the date of filing of the earliest related patent application. When certain patent applications are abandoned by the Company for claims that are covered by patents already granted to the Company, the cost of patent applications are removed from the accounts and the resulting expense is reflected in the statement of operations.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses. The carrying values of cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of their short maturities.


Income Taxes

The Company follows Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.


Stock-based Payments

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC 718, "Compensation - Stock Compensation" which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values on the grant date. The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the shorter of the vesting period




F-9



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Stock-based Payments (Continued)

or the requisite service periods using the straight-line method. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards to nonemployees in accordance with FASB ASC 505-50, "Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees” (“ASC 505-50”). Under ASC 505-50, the Company determines the fair value of the warrants or stock-based compensation awards granted as either the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. All issuances of stock options or other equity instruments to non-employees as consideration for goods or services received by the Company are accounted for based on the fair value of the equity instruments issued. Any stock options issued to non-employees are recorded as an expense and additional paid in capital in stockholders’ equity over the applicable service periods. Non-employee equity based payments are recorded as an expense over the service period, as if the Company had paid cash for the services. At the end of each financial reporting period, prior to vesting or prior to the completion of the services, the fair value of the equity based payments will be re-measured and the non-cash expense recognized during the period will be adjusted accordingly. Since the fair value of equity based payments granted to non-employees is subject to change in the future, the amount of the future expense will include fair value re-measurements until the equity based payments are fully vested or the service completed.


Loss Per Share

The Company follows FASB ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”, resulting in the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Because the Company reported a net loss in 2017, 2016 and 2015, common stock equivalents, including stock options and warrants were anti-dilutive; therefore, the amounts reported for basic and dilutive loss per share were the same.


Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

The Company follows FASB ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment”. Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used are recognized based on the excess of the asset’s carrying amount.


Comprehensive Income

The Company follows FASB ASC 220.10, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. Since the Company has no items of other comprehensive income, comprehensive loss is equal to net loss.


Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including: (1) income tax consequences; (2) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and (3) classification on the statement of cash flows. For public companies, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company adopted the amendments on January 1, 2017 and they had no impact on the financial statements since any excess tax benefits were fully offset by a valuation allowance and not recognized for financial statement purposes.









F-10



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted


In May 2014 and April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 and No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of Update 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Since the Company is a development stage company with no revenue, the adoption on January 1, 2018 of this amendment will have no effect on the financial statements. When the Company begins to recognize revenue, it will adhere to the guidance in the amendment.


In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this Update provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The Company does not expect the adoption on January 1, 2018 of the amendments in this Update to have a material impact on its financial statements.


NOTE 2 – MANAGEMENT’S PLANS


As a technology company focusing on the development of the next generation photonic devices and non-linear optical polymer materials systems, substantial net losses have been incurred since inception. The Company has satisfied capital requirements since inception primarily through the issuance and sale of its common stock. As of March 16, 2018, the Company has a cash position of approximately $3,240,000. Based upon the current cash position and expenditures of approximately $475,000 per month and no debt service, management believes the Company has sufficient funds to finance its operations through September 2018. In January 2016, the Company signed a purchase agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with an institutional investor to sell up to $20,000,000 of common stock. A registration statement related to the transaction filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registering 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock went effective on April 7, 2016. Under the Purchase Agreement and at Company's sole discretion, the institutional investor has committed to invest up to $20,000,000 in common stock over a 36-month period with the remaining available amount of $11,731,050. The Company has raised $7,275,250 as of December 31, 2017. Since January 1, 2018, the Company has raised an additional $993,700.






F-11



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 3 – PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS


Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:


 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent

 

$

254,978

 

 

$

16,856

 

Deposits

 

 

199,338

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

79,403

 

 

 

49,450

 

Stock award

 

 

30,208

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

 

 

 

49,608

 

Other

 

 

20,992

 

 

 

21,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

584,919

 

 

$

136,942

 


NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


Property and equipment consists of the following:


 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office equipment

 

$

82,453

 

 

$

55,817

 

Lab equipment

 

 

1,695,604

 

 

 

789,135

 

Furniture

 

 

32,693

 

 

 

32,693

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

231,859

 

 

 

231,859

 

 

 

 

2,042,609

 

 

 

1,109,504

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

865,860

 

 

 

683,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,176,749

 

 

$

425,650

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $182,006, $179,720 and $160,068. During the second quarter of 2016, the Company sold equipment for proceeds of $19,500 and a gain of $644.


NOTE 5 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS


This represents legal fees and patent fees associated with the prosecution of patent applications. The Company has recorded amortization expense on patents granted, which are amortized over the remaining legal life. Maintenance patent fees are paid to a government patent authority to maintain a granted patent in force. Some countries require the payment of maintenance fees for pending patent applications. Maintenance fees paid after a patent is granted are expensed, as these are considered ongoing costs to “maintain a patent”. Maintenance fees paid prior to a patent grant date are capitalized to patent costs, as these are considered “patent application costs”. No amortization expense has been recorded on the remaining patent applications since patents have yet to be granted.









F-12



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 5 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)


Intangible assets consist of the following:


 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patents

 

$

787,403

 

 

$

754,259

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

 

181,628

 

 

 

86,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

605,775

 

 

$

667,972

 

 

Amortization expense for the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $95,341, $15,891 and $19,839. Patent costs in the amount of $48,599 previously capitalized for possible filing of two provisional patents were written off to research and development expenses during the year ended December 31, 2017. After review by the Company, it was decided to keep secret some aspects of its chromophore development and protect them as Trade Secrets and Know-How. There were no patent costs written off for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.


NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS


On October 30, 2017, the Company entered into a new lease to lease approximately 13,420 square feet of office, laboratory and research and development space located in Colorado for the Company’s new principal executive offices and research and development facility. The term of the lease is sixty- one (61) months, beginning on November 1, 2017 and ending on November 30, 2022. The term shall be extended for an additional twenty-four (24) months, subject to certain conditions, waivable solely by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Base rent for the first year of the lease term is approximately $168,824, with an increase in annual base rent of approximately 3% in each subsequent year of the lease term. As specified in the lease, the Company paid the landlord (i) all base rent for the period November 1, 2017 and ending on October 31, 2019, in the sum of $347,045.68; and (ii) the estimated amount of tenant’s proportionate share of operating expenses for the same period in the sum of $186,293.04. Commencing on November 1, 2019, monthly installments of base rent and one-twelfth of landlord’s estimate of tenant’s proportionate share of annual operating expenses shall be due on the first day of each calendar month. The lease also provides that (i) on November 1, 2019 landlord shall pay the Company for the cost of the cosmetic improvements in the amount of $3.00 per rentable square foot of the premises, and (ii) on or prior to November 1, 2019, the Company shall deposit with Landlord the sum of $36,524.76 as a security deposit which shall be held by landlord to secure the Company’s obligations under the lease. On October 30, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with the tenant leasing the premise from the landlord (“Original Lessee”) whereby the Original Lessee agreed to pay the Company the sum of $260,000 in consideration of the Company entering into the lease and landlord agreeing to the early termination of the Original Lessee’s lease agreement with landlord. The consideration of $260,000 was received on November 1, 2017.







F-13



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 6 – COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)


The Company is obligated under an operating lease for office and laboratory space. The aggregate minimum future lease payments under the operating leases are as follows:


YEARS ENDING

 

 

 

DECEMBER 31,

 

AMOUNT

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$

50,274

 

2019

 

 

38,739

 

2020

 

 

195,574

 

2021

 

 

201,501

 

2022

 

 

189,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

675,925

 


Rent expense approximating $121,228 and $25,348 is included in research and development and general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017. Rent expense approximating $100,072 and $18,940 is included in research and development and general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016. Rent expense approximating $104,724 and $18,347 is included in research and development and general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015.


NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES


As discussed in Note 1, the Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740.


The income tax benefit (provision) consists of the following:


 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Deferred

 

 

5,063,000

 

 

 

(1,065,000

)

 

 

(1,122,000

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(5,063,000

)

 

 

1,065,000

 

 

 

1,122,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

The reconciliation of the statutory federal rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit at U.S. federal income tax rate

 

$

(1,955,000

)

 

 

(34

)

 

$

(1,499,000

)

 

 

(34

)

 

$

(1,647,000

)

 

 

(34

)

State tax, net of federal tax effect

 

 

(345,000

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(397,000

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(436,000

)

 

 

(9

)

Non-deductible share-based compensation

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

831,000

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

961,000

 

 

 

20

 

Tax rate change

 

 

7,113,000

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(5,063,000

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

1,065,000

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

1,122,000

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 





F-14



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


The components of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:


 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset for NOL carryforwards

 

$

10,440,000

 

 

$

14,676,000

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

1,822,000

 

 

 

2,649,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(12,262,000

)

 

 

(17,325,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 


In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, which reduces the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate from a maximum rate of 35% to 21% for tax years beginning in 2018 which resulted in the re-measurement of the federal portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets and valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017 from 34% to the new 21% tax rate.


The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $12,262,000 and $17,325,000, respectively. The change in the total valuation for the year ended December 31, 2017 was a decrease of $5,063,000 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 was an increase of $1,065,000. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the net operating losses and temporary differences become deductible. Management considered projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The value of the deferred tax assets was offset by a valuation allowance, due to the current uncertainty of the future realization of the deferred tax assets.


As of December 31, 2017, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $38,666,000, expiring through the year ending December 31, 2037. This amount can be used to offset future taxable income of the Company.


The timing and manner in which the Company can utilize operating loss carryforwards in any year may be limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code regarding changes in ownership of corporations. Such limitation may have an impact on the ultimate realization of its carryforwards and future tax deductions.


The Company follows FASB ASC 740.10, which provides guidance for the recognition and measurement of certain tax positions in an enterprise’s financial statements. Recognition involves a determination of whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination with the presumption that the tax position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. The adoption of FASB ASC 740.10 did not require an adjustment to the Company’s financial statements.


The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as additional income taxes in the statement of operations. As of January 1, 2017, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and no charge during 2017, and accordingly, the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties during 2017 related to unrecognized tax benefits. There is no accrual for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2017.


The Company files U.S. income tax returns and a state income tax return. With few exceptions, the U.S. and state income tax returns filed for the tax years ending on December 31, 2014 and thereafter are subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities.




F-15



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


Preferred Stock


Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, the Company’s board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue series of preferred stock with any designations, rights and preferences as they may from time to time determine. The rights and preferences of this preferred stock may be superior to the rights and preferences of the Company’s common stock; consequently, preferred stock, if issued could have dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the common stock. Additionally, preferred stock, if issued could be utilized, under special circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company’s business or a takeover from a third party.


Common Stock Options and Warrants


In June 2013, the Company signed a purchase agreement and registration rights agreement with an institutional investor to sell up to $20,000,000 of common stock. For the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, the institutional investor did not purchase shares of common stock and the Company did not issue shares of common stock as additional commitment fee. On February 1, 2016, the Company and the institutional investor entered into an agreement to terminate the purchase agreement and registration rights agreement.


During June 2014 through August 2014, the Company issued 4,207,600 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 4,207,600 shares of common stock expiring five years from the date of purchase, for proceeds of $3,140,000 in accordance to a private placement memorandum as amended on May 27, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of the offerings, up to 60 units were offered at the purchase price of $50,000 per unit, with each unit comprised of 67,000 shares and a warrant to purchase 33,500 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share and a warrant to purchase 33,500 shares of common stock at $1.25 per share. During May 2017, warrants were partially exercised to purchase 469,000 shares of common stock for proceeds of $502,500. As of December 31, 2017, the remaining warrants to purchase 3,738,600 shares of common stock are still outstanding.


During 2015 the Company issued 37,500 shares, with a fair value of $30,575, to a firm for investor relations services. For the year ending December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $30,575 of expense.


In May 2015, the Company increased the authorized shares of common stock from 100,000,000 to 250,000,000.


During May 2015 through June 2015, the Company issued 2,816,199 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 2,816,199 shares of common stock expiring five years from the date of purchase, for proceeds of $1,915,000 in accordance to a private placement memorandum as amended on May 27, 2015. Pursuant to the terms of the offerings, up to 20 units were offered at the purchase price of $100,000 per unit, with each unit comprised of 147,060 shares and a warrant to purchase 73,530 shares of common stock at $0.85 per share and a warrant to purchase 73,530 shares of common stock at $1.02 per share. The warrants to purchase 1,408,102 shares of common stock at $0.85 per share are still outstanding as of December 31, 2016. The warrants to purchase 1,408,097 shares of common stock at $1.02 per share are still outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Since the warrants are considered indexed to its own stock and qualify for equity classification, there is no requirement to separately account for the warrants.


During November 2015 through December 2015, the Company issued 3,977,568 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 3,977,568 shares of common stock expiring five years from the date of purchase, for proceeds of $2,400,000 in accordance with a private placement memorandum, as amended on November 10, 2015. Pursuant to the terms of the offering, up to 60 units were offered at the purchase price of $50,000 per unit, with each unit comprised of 82,866 shares and a warrant to purchase 82,866 shares of common stock at $0.80 per share. The warrants to purchase 3,977,568 shares of common stock at $0.80 per share are still outstanding as of December 31, 2017. Since the warrants are considered indexed to its own stock and qualify for equity classification, there is no requirement to separately account for the warrants.




F-16



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)


Common Stock Options and Warrants (Continued)


In January 2016, the Company signed a Purchase Agreement with an institutional investor to sell up to $20,000,000 of common stock. The Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with the institutional investor whereby the Company agreed to file a registration statement related to the transaction with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registering 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The registration statement was filed on March 25, 2016. The registration statement became effective April 7, 2016. The Company registered an additional 5,000,000 shares pursuant to a registration statement filed on April 19, 2017 which became effective June 15, 2017. Under the Purchase Agreement and at Company's sole discretion, the institutional investor has committed to invest up to $20,000,000 in common stock over a 36-month period. The Company issued 350,000 shares of restricted common stock to the institutional investor as an initial commitment fee valued at $237,965, fair value, and 650,000 shares of common stock are reserved for additional commitment fees to the institutional investor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. During the period August 2016 through December 31, 2017, the institutional investor purchased 7,700,000 shares of common stock for proceeds of $7,275,250 and the Company issued 236,455 shares of common stock as additional commitment fee, valued at $260,013, fair value, leaving 413,545 in reserve for additional commitment fees. During the year ending December 31, 2017, the institutional investor purchased 5,300,000 shares of common stock for proceeds of $5,722,060 and the Company issued 185,974 shares of common stock as additional commitment fee, valued at $226,093, fair value. During the year ending December 31, 2016, the institutional investor purchased 2,400,000 shares of common stock for proceeds of $1,553,190 and the Company issued 50,481 shares of common stock as an additional commitment fee, valued at $33,920, fair value. During January, February and March 2018, the institutional investor purchased 900,000 shares of common stock for proceeds of $993,700 and the Company issued 32,298 shares of common stock as additional commitment fee, valued at $37,194, fair value, leaving 381,247 in reserve for additional commitment fees.


Effective June 24, 2016, the 2007 Employee Stock Plan was terminated. The Board of Directors approved a new 2016 Equity Incentive Plan in the amount of 3,000,000 shares on April 15, 2016, which the Company’s shareholders approved on May 20, 2016.


On September 29, 2017, the Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a consulting agreement for consulting services to be rendered over an eighteen month period commencing September 30, 2017, valued at $36,250, fair value. The amount was recorded as deferred compensation and will be amortized based on service terms of the agreement over an eighteen month period. For the year ending December 31, 2017, the Company recognized $6,042 of expense.


During 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company issued 10,997 shares, 38,928 shares and 24,758, respectively, with a fair value of $50,387, to directors serving as a member of the Company’s Operations Committee. For the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $8,000, $24,000 and $18,387 of expense.




F-17



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 9 – STOCK BASED COMPENSATION


During 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2007 Employee Stock Plan (“2007 Plan”) that was approved by the shareholders. Under the Plan, the Company is authorized to grant options to purchase up to 10,000,000 shares of common stock to directors, officers, employees and consultants who provide services to the Company. The Plan is intended to permit stock options granted to employees under the 2007 Plan to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Incentive Stock Options”). All options granted under the 2007 Plan, which are not intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options are deemed to be non-qualified options (“Non-Statutory Stock Options”). Effective June 24, 2016, the 2007 Plan was terminated. As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 4,695,000 shares of common stock have been issued and are outstanding.


During 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (“2016 Plan”) that was approved by the shareholders at the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders on May 20, 2016. Under the 2016 Plan, the Company is authorized to grant awards of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to purchase up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants.  As of December 31, 2017, options to purchase 1,625,000 shares of common stock have been issued and are outstanding and 1,375,000 shares of common stock remain available for grants under the 2016 Plan.


Both plans are administered by the Board of Directors or its compensation committee which determines the persons to whom awards will be granted, the number of awards to be granted, and the specific terms of each grant. Subject to the provisions regarding Ten Percent Shareholders, the exercise price per share of each option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan are generally exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant and may vest on the grant date, another specified date or over a period of time.


The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an award, with the following assumptions for 2017, 2016 and 2015: no dividend yield in all years, expected volatility, based on the Company’s historical volatility, 39% to 87% in 2017, between 58% to 78% in 2016 and between 75% to 79% in 2015, risk-free interest rate between 1.16% to 2.37% in 2017, between 1.05% to 2.06% in 2016 and between 1.44% to 1.70% in 2015 and expected option life of .03 to 9.08 years in 2017, 2.5 to 5.6 years in 2016 and 5 to 5.75 years in 2015.


As of December 31, 2017, there was $209,550 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested market-based share awards that is expected to be recognized through March 31, 2020.


Share-based compensation was recognized as follows:


 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007 Employee Stock Option Plan

 

$

18,322

 

 

$

348,850

 

 

$

1,339,692

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

776,416

 

 

 

87,378

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

 

416,934

 

 

 

174,359

 

 

 

91,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation

 

$

1,211,672

 

 

$

610,587

 

 

$

1,430,955

 




F-18



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 9 – STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)


The following tables summarize all stock option and warrant activity of the Company during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

Non-Qualified Stock Options and Warrants Outstanding and Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

 

 

11,819,600

 

 

$

0.25 - $1.75

 

 

$

1.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

9,746,267

 

 

$

0.67 - $1.02

 

 

$

0.81

 

Expired

 

 

(2,837,500

)

 

$

1.00 - $1.75

 

 

$

1.52

 

Forfeited

 

 

(200,000

)

 

$

0.92 - $1.16

 

 

$

1.01

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

 

 

18,528,367

 

 

$

0.63 - $1.69

 

 

$

0.92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

1,510,000

 

 

$

0.57 - $0.86

 

 

$

0.63

 

Expired

 

 

(1,937,000

)

 

$

0.63 - $1.30

 

 

$

0.88

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

 

 

18,101,367

 

 

$

0.57 - $1.69

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

1,770,000

 

 

$

0.60 - $1.50

 

 

$

0.97

 

Expired

 

 

(772,500

)

 

$

0.68 - $1.69

 

 

$

0.98

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(469,000

)

 

$

1.00. - $1.25

 

 

$

1.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2017

 

 

18,629,867

 

 

$

0.57 - $1.69

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2017

 

 

18,039,242

 

 

$

0.57 - $1.69

 

 

$

0.89

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options and warrants outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2017 was $4,891,501. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and warrants and the closing stock price of $1.14 for the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2017. The total intrinsic value of options and warrants exercised during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $22,063. The total intrinsic value of options and warrants exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0. No options were exercised during 2017. During 2017, 335,000 warrants were exercised to purchase shares of common stock at a price of $1.00 per share for proceeds of $335,000 and 134,000 warrants were exercised to purchase shares of common stock at a price of $1.25 per share for proceeds of $167,500. No options or warrants were exercised during 2016 and 2015.


Non-Qualified Stock Options and Warrants Outstanding

 

 

Number Outstanding

 

Weighted Average

 

Weighted Average

Range of

 

Currently Exercisable

 

Remaining

 

Exercise Price of Options and

Exercise Prices

 

at December 31, 2017

 

Contractual Life

 

Warrants Currently Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.57 - $1.69

 

18,039,242

 

4.30 Years

 

$0.89





F-19



LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 


NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY


At December 31, 2017 the Company had a legal, accounting and computer service accrual to related party of $4,725 and travel and office expense accruals of officers in the amount of $4,045. At December 31, 2016 the Company had a legal accrual to related party of $2,900 and travel and office expense accruals of officers in the amount of $2,659. At December 31, 2015 the Company had a legal accrual to related party of $1,420 and travel and office expense accruals of officers in the amount of $3,649.


In December 2016, the board of directors approved a grant to a senior advisor effective January 1, 2017 of a warrant to purchase up to 275,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.60 per share. Using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Formula, the warrant was valued at $102,222, fair value. In March 2017, the warrant was amended to accelerate full vesting and the revaluation of the warrant at $106,576, fair value, was expensed immediately. In December 2015 and 2014, the board of directors approved a grant to a senior advisor effective January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2015 of a warrant to purchase up to 125,000 and 100,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.60 and $.77 per share, respectively. For the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $46,947 and $46,576 of expense in connection to these warrants.


During July 2017, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $1.48 per share for professional services to be rendered over a twelve month period commencing July 1, 2017. The warrant was valued at $124,788, fair value upon issuance, using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Formula. The warrant was re-valued at $91,995, fair value at December 31, 2017. The expense is being recognized based on service terms of the agreement over a twelve month period. For the year ending December 31, 2017, the Company recognized $45,997 of expense. During July 2016, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.63 per share for professional services to be rendered over a twelve month period commencing July 1, 2016. The warrant was valued at $60,272, fair value, using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Formula The warrant was re-valued at $65,941, fair value at June 30, 2017. The expense is being recognized based on service terms of the agreement over a twelve month period. For the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized $40,238 and $25,703 of expense. During July 2015, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.70 per share for professional services to be rendered over a twelve month period commencing July 1, 2015. The warrant was valued at $46,897, fair value at December 31, 2015, using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Formula. The expense is being recognized based on service terms of the agreement over a twelve month period. For the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $23,452 and $23,449 of expense.


In December 2017, the Board of Directors approved extension of the warrants previously granted to a Board member extending the term of outstanding warrants to purchase in the aggregate 725,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.60 per share to $0.98 per share. These warrants were scheduled to expire at various dates starting 2017 to 2021, with the new expiration dates ranging from 2022 to 2026. The total incremental compensation cost resulting from this modification was $224,123 which was expensed during the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the increase in fair value, with the following assumptions: historical volatility from 39% to 87%, risk-free interest rate from 1.16% to 2.37% and expected option life from .03 to 9.08 years.


NOTE 11 – RETIREMENT PLAN


The Company established a 401(k) retirement plan covering all eligible employees beginning November 15, 2013. A contribution of $15,873 was charged to expense and accrued for the year ending December 31, 2017 to all eligible non-executive participants. A contribution of $20,000 was charged to expense and accrued for the year ending December 31, 2016 to all eligible non-executive participants. There were no contributions charged to expense in 2015.


NOTE 12 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


In January 2018, the Company issued options to the Company’s six independent directors under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan to each purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $1.22 per share. Each option was valued at $34,530, fair value, using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Formula. The options expire in 10 years with 20,000 vesting immediately and the remainder vesting in quarterly equal installments of 10,000 commencing April 1, 2018. The options are expensed over the vesting terms.





F-20


 


EXHIBIT 3.4


RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

LIGHTWAVE LOGIC, INC.


Lightwave Logic, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) hereby adopts these Restated Bylaws, which restate and supersede the bylaws of the Corporation, as previously amended, in their entirety as described below:


SECTION 1

OFFICES


The principal office of Lightwave Logic, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Corporation ”) shall be located at the principal place of business or such other place as the board of directors may designate. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.


SECTION 2

SHAREHOLDERS


2.1

Annual Meeting


The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held the first day of March in each year, or on such other day as shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors, at the principal office of the Corporation, or such other place as fixed by the board of directors, for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly come before that meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday at the place of that meeting, that meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.


2.2

Special Meetings


The board of directors, the Chief Executive, the President, or the Chair of the Board of Directors, may call special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose. The holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66.66%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote for or against any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting, if they date, sign and deliver to the Corporation's Secretary a written demand for a special meeting specifying the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held, may call a special meeting of the shareholders for such specified purpose.




1




 


2.3

Place of Meeting


All meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place as designated by the board of directors, by any persons entitled to call a meeting pursuant to the bylaws, or in a waiver of notice signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting.


2.4

Notice of Meeting


 (a) The Corporation shall cause to be delivered to each shareholder entitled to notice of, or to vote at, an annual or special meeting of shareholders, either personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before that meeting, written notice stating the date, time and place of that meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which that meeting is called.


(b) Notice to a shareholder of an annual or special shareholders meeting shall be in writing. Such notice, if in comprehensible form, is effective (a) when mailed, if it is mailed postpaid and is correctly addressed to that shareholder's address specified in the Corporation's then current record of shareholders, or (b) when received by that shareholder, if it is delivered by telegraph, facsimile transmission or private courier.


(c) If an annual or special shareholders meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice of the new date, time, or place shall not be required if the new date, time, or place is announced at that meeting before adjournment, unless a new record date for the adjourned meeting is, or must be, fixed pursuant to (i) Section 2.6(a) of these bylaws or (ii) the Nevada General Corporation Law.


2.5

Waiver of Notice


(a) Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder pursuant to the provisions of these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Nevada General Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time specified in such notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes for filing with the corporate records, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.


(b) The attendance of a shareholder at a meeting shall be a waiver of each objection to lack of, or defect in, notice of such meeting or of consideration of a particular matter at that meeting, unless that shareholder, at the beginning of that meeting or prior to consideration of such matter, objects to holding that meeting, transacting business at that meeting, or considering the matter when presented at that meeting.




2




 


2.6

Fixing of Record Date for Determining Shareholders


(a) For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination. Such record date shall be not more than seventy (70) days, and in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting, or to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which the notice of meeting is mailed or on which the resolution of the board of directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination. Such determination shall apply to any adjournment of that meeting; provided, however, such adjournment is not set for a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.


(b) The record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to demand a special shareholders meeting shall be the date the first shareholder signs the demand.


2.7

Shareholders' List


(a) Beginning two (2) business days after notice of a meeting of shareholders is given, a complete alphabetical list of the shareholders entitled to notice of that meeting shall be made, arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series, with the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. Such record shall be kept on file at the Corporation's principal office or at a place identified in that meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held. On written demand, such record shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during normal business hours. Such record shall also be kept open at that meeting for inspection by any shareholder.


(b) A shareholder may, on written demand, copy the shareholders' list at such shareholder's expense during regular business hours; provided, however, that:


(i)

Such shareholder's demand is made in good faith and for another purpose;


(ii)

Such shareholder has described  with reasonable particularity such shareholder's purpose specified in the written demand; and


(iii)

The shareholders' list is directly related to such shareholder's purpose.


2.8

Quorum


A thirty-three and one-third percent (33.3%) of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter at a meeting by a voting group, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter at a meeting of the shareholders.



3




 


If a quorum is not present for a matter to be acted upon, a majority of the shares represented at that meeting may adjourn that meeting from time to time without additional notice. If the necessary quorum is present or represented at a reconvened meeting following such an adjournment, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.


2.9

Manner of Acting


(a) If a quorum exists, action on a matter (other than the election of directors) by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the affirmative vote of a greater number is required by these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Nevada General Corporation Law.


(b) If a matter is to be voted on by a single group, action on that matter is taken when voted upon by that voting group. If a matter is to be voted on by two (2) or more voting groups, action on that matter is taken only when voted upon by each of those voting groups counted separately. One voting group on a matter may take action even though another voting group entitled to vote on such matter takes no action.


2.10

Proxies


A shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by that shareholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be effective when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes at the meeting. A proxy shall become invalid eleven (11) months after the date of its execution, unless otherwise expressly provided in the proxy. A proxy for a specified meeting shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any adjournment of that meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.


2.11

Voting of Shares


Each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.


2.12

Voting for Directors


Each shareholder may vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by such shareholder that are entitled to vote at an election of directors, for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election such shares have a right to vote. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.




4




 


2.13

Voting of Shares by Corporations


 

2.13.1

Shares Held by Another Corporation


Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such other corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine; provided, however, such shares are not entitled to vote if the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of such other corporation.


 

2.13.2

Shares Held by the Corporation


Authorized but unissued shares shall not be voted or counted for determining whether a quorum exists at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of its own stock held by the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity may be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists, and may be voted by the Corporation.


2.14

Acceptance or Rejection of Shareholder Votes, Consents, Waivers and Proxy Appointments


2.14.1

Documents Bearing Name of Shareholders


If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the Secretary or other agent authorized to tabulate votes at the meeting may, if acting in good faith, accept such vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder.


 

2.14.2

Documents Bearing Name of Third Parties


If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of its shareholder, the Secretary or other agent authorized to tabulate votes at the meeting may nevertheless, if acting in good faith, accept such vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:


(a)

The shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or an agent of that entity;


(b)

The name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the Secretary or other agent requests, acceptable evidence of fiduciary status has been presented;



5




 



(c)

The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder, and, if the Secretary or other agent requests, acceptable evidence of this status has been presented;


(d)

The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the Secretary or other agent requests, acceptable evidence of the signatory's authority to sign has been presented; or


(e)

Two or more persons are the shareholder as co-owners or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all co-owners.


         

2.14.3

Rejection of Documents


The Secretary or other agent authorized to tabulate votes at the meeting is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment if such agent, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.


2.15 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting


Any action required or permitted by law, these bylaws, or the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, a written consent thereto is signed by stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power, except that if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consents is required.  In no instance where action is authorized by written consent need a meeting of stockholders be called or notice given. Such written consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of an annual or special meeting of shareholders.


SECTION 3

BOARD OF DIRECTORS


3.1

General Powers


The board of directors shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Nevada General Corporation Law.


6




 


3.2

Number, Class, Term and Qualifications of Directors.

(a)

Number of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the board of directors. The total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors of the Corporation shall not be less than three (3) nor more than nine (9), with the then-authorized number of directors fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

(b)

Classes of Directors . The board of directors shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c)

Terms of Office . Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided , that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation's first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation's second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation's third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of this provision; provided further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

(d)

Qualifications . Each director shall be at least eighteen (18) years of age. No director shall be more than seventy-five (75) years of age, unless such maximum age is waived by a majority of the directors then in office.

(e)

Removal . Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class.

(f)

Vacancies . Vacancies on the board of directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be solely filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the


7




 


next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.


3.3

Annual and Regular Meetings


An annual meeting of the board of directors shall be held without additional notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders.


By resolution the board of directors, or any committee thereof, may specify the time and place for holding regular meetings thereof without other notice than such resolution.


3.4

Special Meetings


Special meetings of the board of directors or any committee designated by the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the Chair of the Board of Directors, or the President or any director and, in the case of any special meeting of any committee designated by the board of directors, by the Chair thereof. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings may fix any place either within or without the State of Nevada as the place for holding any special board of directors or committee meeting called by them.


3.5

Meetings by Telecommunications


Members of the board of directors or any committee designated by the board of directors may participate in a meeting of the board of directors or such committee by use of any means of telecommunications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating may simultaneously hear each other during such meeting. Participation by such method shall be deemed presence in person at such meeting.


3.6

Notice of Special Meetings


Notice of a special board of directors or committee meeting specifying the date, time and place of such meeting shall be given to a director in writing or orally by telephone or in person as specified below. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in the notice of such meeting.


3.6.1

Personal Delivery


If delivery is by personal service, the notice shall be effective if delivered at the address specified on the records of the Corporation at least two days before the meeting.




8




 


3.6.2

Delivery by Mail


If notice is delivered by mail, the notice shall be deemed effective if deposited in the official government mail at least five (5) days before the meeting properly addressed to a director at his or her address specified on the records of the Corporation with postage prepaid.


3.6.3

Delivery by Telegraph


If notice is delivered by telegraph, the notice shall be deemed effective if the content thereof is delivered to the telegraph company by such time that the telegraph company guarantees delivery at least two days before the meeting.


3.6.4

Oral Notice


If notice is delivered orally, by telephone or in person, the notice shall be effective if personally given to a director at least two days before the meeting.


3.6.5

Notice by Facsimile Transmission


If notice is delivered by facsimile transmission, the notice shall be deemed effective if the content thereof is transmitted to the office of a director, at the facsimile number specified on the records of the Corporation, at least two days before the meeting, and receipt is either confirmed by confirming transmission equipment or acknowledged by the receiving office.


3.6.6

Notice by Private Courier


If notice is delivered by private courier, the notice shall be deemed effective if delivered to the courier, properly addressed and prepaid, by such time that the courier guarantees delivery at least two days before the meeting.


3.7

Waiver of Notice


3.7.1

Written Waiver


Whenever any notice is required to be given to any director pursuant to the provisions of these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Nevada General Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing, executed at any time, specifying the meeting for which notice is waived, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, and filed with the minutes or corporate records, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.




9




 


3.7.2

Waiver by Attendance


The attendance of a director at a board of directors or committee meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, unless such director, at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon such director's arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting any business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.


3.8

Quorum


A majority of the number of directors determined by or in the manner provided by these bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any board of directors meeting.


3.9

Manner of Acting


The act of the majority of the directors present at a board of directors or committee meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors or committee, unless the vote of a greater number is required by these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or the Nevada General Corporation Law.


3.10

Presumption of Assent


A director of the Corporation present at a board of directors or committee meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless such director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon such director's arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; or such director's dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or such director delivers a written notice of dissent or abstention to such action with the presiding officer of the meeting before the adjournment thereof; or such director forwards such notice by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. A director who voted in favor of such action may not thereafter dissent or abstain.


3.11

Action by Board of Directors or Committee Without a Meeting


Any action that could be taken at a meeting of the board of directors or of any committee appointed by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by each Director or by each committee member. The action shall be effective when the last signature is placed on the consent, unless the consent specifies an earlier or later date. Such written consent, which shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or such committee, shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a board of directors or committee meeting.




10




 


3.12

Resignation


Any director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Chair of the Board of Directors, the board of directors, or to the registered office of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless the board of directors permits revocation.


3.13

Minutes


The board of directors shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.


3.14

Executive and Other Committees


3.14.1

Creation of Committees


The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the number of Directors fixed in the manner provided by these bylaws, may appoint standing or temporary committees, including an Executive Committee, from its own number. The board of directors may invest such committee(s) with such powers as it may see fit, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the board of directors, these bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation and the Nevada General Corporation Law.


3.14.2

Authority of Committees


Each committee shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors designating the committee and any subsequent resolutions pertaining thereto and adopted in like manner, except that no such committee shall have the authority to (a) authorize distributions, except as may be permitted by Section 3.14.2 (g) of these bylaws; (b) approve or propose to shareholders actions required by the Nevada General Corporation Law to be approved by shareholders; (c) fill vacancies on the board of directors or any committee thereof; (d) adopt, amend or repeal these bylaws; (e) amend the Certificate of Incorporation; (f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; or (g) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except within limits prescribed by the board of directors.


3.14.3

Quorum and Manner of Acting


A majority of the number of Directors composing any committee of the board of directors, as established and fixed by resolution of the board of directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of such committee.



11




 


3.14.4

Minutes of Meetings


All committees so appointed shall keep regular minutes of their meetings and shall cause them to be recorded in books kept for that purpose.


3.14.5

Resignation


Any member of any committee may resign at any time by delivering written notice thereof to the board of directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors or the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the board of directors.


3.14.6

Removal


The board of directors may remove from office any member of any committee elected or appointed by it, but only by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the number of directors fixed by or in the manner provided by these bylaws.


3.15

Compensation


By board of director resolution, directors and committee members may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each board of directors or committee meeting, or a fixed sum for attendance at each board of directors or committee meeting, or a stated salary as director or a committee member, or a combination of the foregoing. No such payment shall preclude any director or committee member from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.


SECTION 4

OFFICERS


4.1

Number


The Officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary, each of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors. One or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and such other Officers and assistant Officers, including a Chair of the Board of Directors, may be appointed by the board of directors; such officers and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as may be provided by resolution of the board of directors. The board of directors may assign any Officer any additional title that the board of directors deems appropriate. The board of directors may delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint any such subordinate officers or agents and to prescribe their



12




 


respective terms of office, authority and duties. The same person may hold any two or more offices.


4.2

Appointment and Term of Office


The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed annually by the board of directors at the board of directors meeting held after the annual meeting of the shareholders. If the appointment of officers is not made at such meeting, such appointment shall be made as soon thereafter as a board of directors meeting conveniently may be held. Unless an officer dies, resigns, or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the board of directors or until his or her successor is appointed.


4.3

Resignation


Any officer may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, or if no time is specified, upon delivery. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable unless the board of directors permits revocation.


4.4

Removal


The board of directors, with or without cause, may remove any officer or agent appointed by the board of directors but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.


4.5

Vacancies


A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, creation of a new office or any other cause may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term, or for a new term established by the board of directors. If a resignation is made effective at a later date, and the Corporation accepts such future effective date, the board of directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date, if the board of directors provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date.


4.6

Chair of the Board of Directors


If appointed, the Chair of the Board of Directors shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the board of directors from time to time and shall preside over meetings of the board of directors and shareholders unless another officer is appointed or designated by the board of directors as Chair of such meeting.




13




 


4.7

President


The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation unless some other Officer is so designated by the board of directors, shall preside over meetings of the board of directors and shareholders in the absence of a Chair of the Board of Directors and, subject to the board of directors' control, shall supervise and control all of the assets, business and affairs of the Corporation. The President shall have authority to sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments, except when the signing and execution thereof have been expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or are required by law to be otherwise signed or executed by some other officer or in some other manner. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as are prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.


4.8

Vice President


In the event of the death of the President or his or her inability to act, the Vice President (or if there is more than one Vice President, the Vice President who was designated by the board of directors as the successor to the President, or if no Vice President is so designated, the Vice President first appointed to such office) shall perform the duties of the President, except as may be limited by resolution of the board of directors, with all the powers of and subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Vice Presidents shall have, to the extent authorized by the President or the board of directors, the same powers as the President to sign deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments. Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the President or by the board of directors.


4.9

Secretary


The Secretary shall (a) prepare and keep the minutes of meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (c) be responsible for custody of the corporate records and seal of the corporation; (d) keep registers of the post office address of each shareholder and Director; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the board of directors. In the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.


4.10

Treasurer


The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation unless some other Officer is so designated by the board of directors. If required by the board of directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine.



14




 


The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in banks, trust companies or other depositories selected in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the board of directors. In the absence of the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer may perform the duties of the Treasurer.


4.11

Salaries


The board of directors shall fix the salaries of the Officers from time to time or by any person or persons to whom the board of directors has delegated such authority. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.


SECTION 5

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS


5.1

Contracts


The board of directors may authorize any Officer or Officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.


5.2

Loans to the Corporation

 

No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.


5.3

Loans to Directors and Officers


The Corporation shall not lend money to or guarantee the obligation of any Director or Officer.


5.4

Checks, Drafts, Etc.


All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, of the Corporation and in such manner as is from time to time determined by resolution of the board of directors.




15




 


5.5

Deposits


All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the board of directors may select.


SECTION 6

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER


6.1

Issuance of Shares


No shares of the Corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the board of directors, which authorization shall include the maximum number of shares to be issued and the consideration to be received for each share. Before the Corporation issues shares, the board of directors shall determine that the consideration received or to be received for such shares is adequate. Such determination by the board of directors shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration for the issuance of shares relates to whether the shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


6.2

Escrow for Shares


The board of directors may authorize the placement in escrow of shares issued for a contract for future services or benefits or a promissory note, or may authorize other arrangements to restrict the transfer of shares, and may authorize the crediting of distributions in respect of such shares against their purchase price, until the services are performed, the note is paid or the benefits received. If the services are not performed, the note is not paid, or the benefits are not received, the board of directors may cancel, in whole or in part, such shares placed in escrow or restricted and such distributions credited.


6.3

Certificates for Shares


Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors. Such certificates shall be signed by any two of the following officers: the Chair of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.


6.4

Stock Records


The stock transfer books shall be kept at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation's transfer agent or registrar. The name and address of each person to whom certificates for shares are issued, together with the class and number of shares represented by each such certificate and the date of



16




 


issue thereof, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.


6.5

Restriction on Transfer


6.5.1

Securities Laws


Except to the extent that the Corporation has obtained an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Corporation that transfer restrictions are not required under applicable securities laws, or has otherwise satisfied itself that such transfer restrictions are not required, all certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall bear conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate a legend or legends describing the restriction or restrictions.


6.5.2

Other Restrictions


In addition, the front or back of all certificates shall include conspicuous written notice of any further restrictions that may be imposed on the transferability of such shares.


6.6

Transfer of Shares


Transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation pursuant to authorization or document of transfer made by the holder of record thereof or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney-in-fact authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.


6.7

Lost or Destroyed Certificates


In the case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.


6.8

Transfer Agent and Registrar


The board of directors may from time to time appoint one or more Transfer Agents and one or more Registrars for the shares of the Corporation, with such powers and duties as the board of directors shall determine by resolution.




17




 


6.9

Officer Ceasing to Act


In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the signer were such officer at the date of its issuance.


6.10

Fractional Shares


The Corporation shall not issue certificates for fractional shares.


SECTION 7

BOOKS AND RECORDS


The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, stock transfer books, minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and board of directors and such other records as may be necessary or advisable.

SECTION 8

FISCAL YEAR


The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year; provided, however, that the board of directors may select a different fiscal year at any time for purposes of federal income taxes, or otherwise.


SECTION 9

SEAL


The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall consist of the name of the Corporation and the state of its incorporation.


SECTION 10

INDEMNIFICATION


10.1

Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers


Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Nevada General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent



18




 


that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 10.3 of these bylaws or with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation.


10.2

Right to Advancement of Expenses


The right to indemnification conferred in Section 10.1 of these bylaws shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding for which such right to indemnification is applicable in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Nevada General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.


10.3

Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit


The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 of these bylaws shall be contract rights. If a claim under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 of these bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Nevada General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have



19




 


made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Nevada General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.


10.4

Non-Exclusivity of Rights


The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation's certificate of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.


10.5

Insurance


The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Nevada General Corporation Law.


10.6

Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation


The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.


10.7

No Presumption of Bad Faith


The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of this Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.




20




 


10.8

Survival of Rights


The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.


10.9

Amendments to Law


For purposes of this Bylaw, the meaning of “law” within the phrase “to the fullest extent not prohibited by law” shall include, but not be limited to, the Nevada General Corporation Law, as the same exists on the date hereof or as it may be amended; provided, however, that in the case of any such amendment, such amendment shall apply only to the extent that it permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the Act permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment.


10.10

Savings Clause


If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall indemnify each director, officer or other agent to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.


10.11

Certain Definitions


For the purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:


(a)

The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement and appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the director or officer may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that the director or officer is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.


(b)

The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all costs, charges and expenses (including fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants and other experts) actually and reasonably incurred by a director or officer in connection with any proceeding, all expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals, and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under these bylaws, but shall not include amounts paid in settlement, judgments or fines.




21




 


(c)

“Corporation” shall mean Lightwave Logic, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and any successor corporation thereof.


(d)

Reference to a “director” or “officer” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.


(e)

References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans. References to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan. References to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A person who acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.


SECTION 11

AMENDMENTS


These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the board of directors.




The foregoing Restated Bylaws were adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation on December 29, 2014.



By: /s/ Andrew Ashton

     Andrew Ashton, Secretary




22



 


EXHIBIT 10.7


PAID TIME OFF WAIVER AGREEMENT


This Paid Time Off Waiver Agreement (this " Waiver Agreement ") is made and entered into as of [_____________] by and between Lightwave Logic, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the " Company ") and [_____________] (the " Executive ").


WHEREAS , the Company has adopted an Employee Handbook dated November 1, 2014 (the " Employee Handbook ”);


WHEREAS , the Company has entered into an employee agreement (the " Employee Agreement ") dated [_____________], with the Executive, which incorporates certain provisions of the Employee Handbook, including provisions relating to the Executive’s right to accrue paid time off;


WHEREAS , the Executive and the Company desire to enter into this Waiver Agreement to waive any and all of the Executive's right or entitlement to accrue paid time off as described herein.


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises set forth above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows :


1.

To the extent permitted by [_____________] law, the Executive hereby irrevocably and unconditionally relinquishes any and all rights and entitlements that the Executive currently possesses or will possess with respect to all amounts related to Executive’s accrued paid time off for the period of [_____________] to [_____________] (the " Waived Amounts ") .


2.

This Waiver Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [_____________].


3.

The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has been provided the opportunity to consult legal counsel, and has been advised by the Company to consult such counsel with respect to this Waiver Agreement and the payments waived herein, and by executing below waives any defense that the execution of this Waiver Agreement was neither knowing nor voluntary.


4.

This Waiver Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under any terms of this Waiver Agreement for purposes of enforcing the rights of the Company hereunder.


5.

This Waiver Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and when taken together shall constitute one and the same document.


Signature Page Attached




 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Waiver Agreement as of the [____] day of [_____________].




Witness:

Lightwave Logic, Inc.


________________

By: _____________________

Name:[_____________]

Title: [_____________]




Witness:



________________

_____________________

Name: [_____________]




2


 


EXHIBIT 10.8


DIRECTOR AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT made as of [____________] by and between Lightwave Logic, Inc., located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO 80112 (the “ Company ”); and [______________] (“ Director ”) whose address is [__________________________].


WHEREAS , the Company and the Director desire to enter into an agreement which will set forth the terms and conditions upon which the Director shall [continue to] serve as a director on the Company’s Board of Directors [commencing on the date hereof].


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties have agreed, and do hereby agree, as follows:


Section 1: [Service]/[Appointment].  


[The Director currently serves as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors]/[The Company’s Board of Directors appoints the Director as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors effective on the date hereof], and the Director [agrees to continue to serve]/[accepts such appointment] upon the terms and conditions set forth. The Director shall serve as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors until his successor is appointed or elected and shall qualify. However, neither the Company, nor any other person, shall be required to cause the continuation, election, or re-appointment of the Director as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.


Section 2: Indemnification


The Director shall receive the full benefits, protection, and rights of full and complete indemnification from the Company in connection with his position with the Company as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Further, the Director [is]/[shall be] named as an insured on the Company’s underwritten officer and director liability insurance policy. The Director shall execute the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto as Appendix A , which is incorporated into this Agreement.


Section 3: Compensation.  


[Pursuant to the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan], [The]/[the] Director [previously received non-qualified options]/[will receive a non-qualified option] to purchase shares of common stock of the Company [up to two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of common stock of the Company at the exercise price of $[_____] per share (which is equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant). The options shall vest as follows: (i) fifty thousand (50,000) options shall vest on the date hereof; and (ii) the remaining options shall vest in three (3) equal annual installments of fifty thousand (50,000) options per year commencing on the 1st day of each one year anniversary of execution of this Agreement.]  All of the options [shall expire on [________________] and] are subject to the Company’s standard Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-employee Directors.



1




 


Section 4: Duties/ Extent of Services.  


The Director shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, and shall assume the duties that the Chair of the Board may reasonably assign.  Subject to Section 6 contained herein, nothing in this Agreement shall be con­strued to limit the Director's freedom to engage in other businesses. It is agreed, however, that the Director will devote his best efforts to the needs of the Company, and shall not allow his other business activities to materially interfere with his duties to the Company.


Section 5: Expenses.  


Subject to the prior approval of the Chair of the Board, the Company shall promptly pay or reimburse Director for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Director in performing Director’s duties and obligations as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, but only if Director properly accounts for expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies.


Section 6: Director’s Non-Disclosure.


The Director shall execute the Director’s Non-disclosure Agreement attached hereto as Appendix B , which is incorporated into this Agreement.


Section 7: Waiver of Breach.  


The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.


Section 8: Entire Agreement


This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the appointment of the Director to the Company’s Board of Directors.  


Section 9: Amendment of Agreement


No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom the change or modification is sought to be enforced. No change or modification by the Company shall be effective unless it is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and signed by an officer specifically authorized to sign such documents.


Section 10: Severability of Provisions


If any provision of this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement or the Director’s Non-disclosure Agreement is invalidated or held unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability of that provision or provisions shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement or the Director’s Non-disclosure Agreement.



2




 


Section 11: Governing Law and Venue


All questions regarding the validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.  The sole and proper venue shall be Denver County, Colorado.


Section 12: Arbitration of Disputes


If a dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, and if the dispute cannot be settled through negotiation, the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle the dispute by mediation administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Employment Mediation Rules before resorting to arbitration, litigation or some other dispute resolution procedure.


IN WITNESS , the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate on the date and year first above written.


Director,



_______________

______________________

Witness

Name:________________


Lightwave Logic, Inc.,



_______________

By: _____________________

Witness

 Name:________________

 Title: ________________

       





3




 



APPENDIX A


Indemnification Agreement



4




 




APPENDIX B


Director’s Non-Disclosure Agreement



5



 


EXHIBIT 10.9


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [_________], 20[  ] between Lightwave Logic, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and ___________ (“ Indemnitee ”).  Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in this Agreement are used as defined in Section 14 . This Agreement replaces in its entirety any previous agreement entered into by the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its affiliates from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Articles of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”) and the Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the laws of the State of Nevada (“ NRS ”).  The Charter, the Bylaws and the NRS expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and




 


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter and the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer of the Company from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Indemnity of Indemnitee .  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)

Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein; provided, however no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made if the liability was incurred because Indemnitee breached or failed to perform a duty he owes to the Company and the breach or failure to perform constitutes any of the following:  (i) a willful failure to deal fairly with the Company or its stockholders in connection with a matter in which Indemnitee has a material conflict of interest; (ii) a violation of criminal law, unless Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; (iii) a transaction from which Indemnitee derived an improper personal profit; or (iv) willful misconduct.

(b)

Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made if the liability was incurred because Indemnitee breached or failed to perform a duty he owes to the Company and the breach or failure to perform constitutes any of the following:  (i) a willful failure to deal fairly with the Company or its stockholders in connection with a matter in which Indemnitee has a material conflict of interest; (ii) a violation of criminal law, unless Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; (iii) a transaction from which Indemnitee derived an improper personal profit; or (iv) willful misconduct.  The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of no contest or an equivalent plea, does not, by itself, create a presumption that indemnification of Indemnitee is not required under this subsection.




 


(c)

Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2.

Additional Indemnity .  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3.

Contribution .

(a)

Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not, without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any Proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b)

Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from




 


the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)

The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d)

To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4.

Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5.

Advancement of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.




 


6.

Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the NRS and public policy of the State of Nevada.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)

To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall make a written request to the Company for indemnification, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, which request shall designate one of the following means for determining his right to indemnification:  (i) by a majority vote of a quorum of the Board or a committee of directors, consisting of directors not at the time parties to the same or related Proceedings; (ii) by Independent Counsel selected by a quorum of the Board or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or, if unable to obtain such a quorum or committee, by a majority vote of the full Board, including directors who are parties to the same or related Proceedings; (iii) by a panel of three arbitrators consisting of one arbitrator selected by those directors entitled under (ii) to select Independent Counsel, one arbitrator selected by Indemnitee and one arbitrator selected by the two arbitrators previously selected or (iv) by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel.   Indemnitee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for review of an adverse determination under this section. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)

In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(b) .  If a Change in Control has not occurred the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board (including a vote of a majority of Disinterested Directors if obtainable), and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and  approved by the Board of Directors (which approval shall not be unreasonably




 


withheld).  If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6 , and (ii) within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the court conducting the Proceeding or another court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Nevada for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(a) hereof.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(b) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(c)

In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d)

Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(d) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(e)

If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not




 


materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(f)

Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(g)

The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(h)

The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.




 


7.

Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)

In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Nevada, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Nevada law (without regard to its conflict of law rules) shall apply to any such arbitration.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)

In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(a) .  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose.  If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c)

If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)

In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 14 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably




 


incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e)

The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8.

Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

(a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in the NRS, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)

In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c)

The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee




 


has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(d)

The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9.

Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)

for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

(b)

for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law or (ii) reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act; or

(c)

in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this  Agreement.

10.

Non Disclosure of Payments . Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11.

Duration of Agreement .  All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of




 


indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding).  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12.

Security .  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

13.

Enforcement .

(a)

The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer, director or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer, director or key employee of the Company.  

(b)

Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter of Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

14.

Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)

Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b)

Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i)   Acquisition of Stock by Third Party .  Any Person (as defined below), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;




 


(ii)   Change in Board of Directors .  During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement and except for any recomposition of the Board in connection with an initial public offering of the securities of the Company), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 14(b)(i) , 14(b)(iii) or 14(b)(iv) ) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii)  Corporate Transactions.   The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv)  Liquidation.   The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(c)

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d)

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.




 


(e)

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f)

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g)

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h)

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i)

Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii)  any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j)

Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any




 


action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

15.

Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.  

16.

Enforcement and Binding Effect .

(a)

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(b)

The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c)

The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual




 


damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not he precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

17.

Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

18.

Notice By Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

19.

Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent:  

(a)

To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b)

To the Company at:

Lightwave Logic, Inc.

Attention: CEO

369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350

Englewood, CO 80112


or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.


20.

Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile




 


signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  

21.

Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

22.

Usage of Pronouns .  Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.    

23.

Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the state and federal courts in and for the State of Colorado (the “ Colorado Courts ”), (ii) generally and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Colorado Courts for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Colorado Courts, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Colorado Courts has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.  The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not constitute general consent to service of process in the state for any purpose except as provided above, and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any person other than the parties to this Agreement.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY


By:__________________________________

Name:  _______________________________

Title:_________________________________



INDEMNITEE

____________________________________
Name:  _____________
____________________

____________________



 


EXHIBIT 10.10


DIRECTOR’S NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT made as of [_____________], by and between Lightwave Logic, Inc., located at 369 Inverness Parkway, Suite 350, Englewood, CO 80112 (the “ Company ”); and [___________] (“ Director ”) whose address is [______________________________].


WHEREAS , Company is developing next generation proprietary photonic devices that are based on its advanced electro-optical polymer material systems, which involves the development and utilization of information not generally known in the industry or industries in which the Company is or may become engaged.


WHEREAS , [the Company desires to appoint the Director as]/[the Director is] a member of the Company’s Board of Directors [and the Director accepts such appointment];


WHEREAS , in performing his services as a director for Company, Director will necessarily be given access to “ secret information ” (defined below), which will be identified by Company as such; and


WHEREAS , the use of the secret information by, or its disclosure to, any person or organization other than Company and its employees or Director would be highly detrimental and damaging to Company.


NOW THEREFORE , with the foregoing recitals being incorporated herein by reference and deemed an essential part hereof and in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


Section 1.

Secret Information


For the purposes of this Agreement, “secret information” shall mean information relating to the Company’s methods, concepts, ideas, products, and services which is of a proprietary or confidential nature, whether communicated orally or in writing, data or sample form, including, without limitation, concepts, techniques, processes, designs, cost data, computer programs, and other know-how that is disclosed to the Director by the Company.  


Section 2.

Nondisclosure of Secret Information


2.1

Non-disclosure. Director shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, disclose such secret information to any third party, including any third party consultant(s).  Further, Director shall only use the secret information pursuant to and for the purpose of performing his services as a director for Company. The parties acknowledge that irreparable injury and damage will result from disclosure of the secret information to unauthorized third parties or from utilization of the secret information for any purpose other than the purposes described herein. Also, Director shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the secret information in the Director’s possession remains confidential.



1




 




The foregoing restrictions shall not be applicable to any information which:


(a)

the Director can show was previously known to him prior to receipt from the Company, without breach of an obligation of confidence to any third party;


(b)

is now, or hereafter, comes into the public domain as, for example, by publications, including issued United States and foreign patents, or is otherwise legally known or available to the public through sources other than the Director;


(c)

is subsequently legally disclosed to the Director by a third party not owing obligations of confidence to the Company, or


(d)

is, or will be, developed independently by the Director solely through his affiliates which have not been exposed directly or indirectly to the secret information, or


(e)

the Director is obligated to produce as a result of a court order or other valid and legally enforceable mandate, provided that the Company has been given notice thereof and an opportunity to waive its rights or to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.


For the purposes of this Section 2, disclosures which provide specific detailed information shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because they are embraced by more general disclosures in the public domain or in the Director’s possession.  In addition, any combination of features shall not be deemed to be within the foregoing exceptions merely because information about individual components are separately in the public domain or in the Director’s possession, but only if the combination itself and its principle of operation are in the public domain or in the lawful possession of the Director without restriction on disclosure.


2.2

Return of documents. Upon termination of Director’s position as a member of the Company’s Board Of Directors, Director agrees that all documents, records, notebooks and similar repositories of or containing secret information, including copies of such materials, then in its possession, whether prepared by it or others, will be returned to the Company.


2.3

Director acknowledges that the secret information belongs to Company, that Company claims the secret information comprises trade secrets, claims that the secret information is confidential to Company and that each of the obligations assumed by Director in this, and the other paragraphs contained herein, is a material inducement to disclose the secret information to Director.


Section 3.

No License Granted


Nothing herein shall be deemed to confer on the Director a license or other right to use the secret information disclosed hereunder for any purpose other than the purposes expressly stated in this Agreement.  Specifically and without limitation, Director shall have no license or



2




 


right to use any secret information in developing any invention, discovery, know-how, trade secret, patent, trademark, or copyright.


Section 4.

Enforcement


In the event that the Director shall breach this Agreement, or in the event that such breach appears to be an imminent possibility, Company shall be entitled to all legal and equitable remedies afforded it by law as a result of the breach (including an injunction restraining the party or parties about to commit any breach of this Agreement, or who have committed a breach of it, without showing or proving any actual damage sustained by Company), and may, in addition to any and all other forms of relief, recover from Director all reasonable costs and attorneys' fees encountered by it in seeking any such remedy.


Section 5.

Binding Effect


This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties to this Agreement and upon their respective executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.


Section 6.

Applicable Law


This Agreement shall be governed for all purposes by the laws of the State of Colorado, with Denver County, Colorado as the agreed upon proper venue. The Company shall retain all rights and remedies afforded it under the patent, trademark, copyright and other laws of the United States and the States thereof, and of other countries, including without limitation any laws designed to protect proprietary or secret information.


In witness, the parties executed this Agreement on the date first shown above.


Witness

Director



__________________

________________________

Name:_____________

Name: __________________


Witness

Company



__________________

By:________________________

Name:_____________

Name: __________________

Title: __________________





3



 


[LWLG_EX14Z1001.JPG]

EXHIBIT 14.1


Lightwave Logic, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct


1.

Introduction .


1.1

The Board of Directors of Lightwave Logic, Inc (the " Company ") has adopted this Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (the " Code ") in order to:


(a)

promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;


(b)

ensure full compliance to the Company’s Insider Trading Policy


(c)

promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the " SEC ") and in other public communications made by the Company;


(d)

promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;


(e)

promote the protection of Company assets, including corporate opportunities and confidential information;


(f)

promote fair dealing practices;


(g)

deter wrongdoing; and


(h)

ensure accountability for adherence to the Code.


1.2

All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with the Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below in Section 10, Reporting and Enforcement.


2.

Honest and Ethical Conduct .


2.1

The Company's policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.


2.2

Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company's customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.










 




3.

Conflicts of Interest .


3.1

A conflict of interest occurs when an individual's private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.


3.2

Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, employees or their family members are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, any director or executive officer or their family members are expressly prohibited.


3.3

Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in Subsection 3.4.


3.4

Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their manager or the President or Chief Executive Officer. A manager may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the Chief Executive Officer or President with a written description of the activity and seeking the Chief Executive Officer or President’s written approval. If the manager is involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the Chief Executive Officer or President.


Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Board of Directors.


4.

Compliance .


4.1

Employees, officers and directors should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.


4.2

Although not all employees, officers and directors are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to



2



 


determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer and/or outside legal counsel.


4.3

No director, officer or employee may purchase or sell any Company securities, as referenced in the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, nor may any director, officer or employee purchase or sell another company's securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is against Company policies and illegal for any director, officer or employee to use material non-public information regarding the Company or any other company to:


(a)

obtain profit for himself or herself; or


(b)

directly or indirectly "tip" others who might make an investment decision on the basis of that information.


5.

Disclosure .


5.1

The Company's periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.


5.2

Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company's financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company's books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company's accounting and internal audit processes as well as the Company's independent public accountants and counsel.


5.3

Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company's disclosure process must:


(a)

be familiar with and comply with the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and


(b)

take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.


6.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets .


6.1

All directors, officers and employees should protect the Company's assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company's profitability and are prohibited.



3



 


6.2

All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes, though incidental personal use is permitted. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.


6.3

The obligation to protect Company assets includes the Company's proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business and marketing plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records and any non-public financial data or reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information is prohibited and could also be illegal and result in civil or criminal penalties.


7.

Corporate Opportunities . All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests. Directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves personally (or for the benefit of friends or family members) opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company assets, property, information or position. Directors, officers and employees may not use Company assets, property, information or position for personal gain (including gain for friends or family members). In addition, no director, officer or employee may compete with the Company.


8.

Confidentiality . Directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or by its customers, suppliers or partners, except when disclosure is expressly authorized or legally required. Confidential information includes all non-public information (regardless of its source) that might be of use to the Company's competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers, suppliers or partners if disclosed.


9.

Fair Dealing . Each director, officer and employee must deal fairly with the Company's customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job. No director, officer or employee may take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse or privileged information, misrepresentation of facts or any other unfair dealing practice.


10.

Reporting and Enforcement .


10.1

Reporting and Investigation of Violations.


(a)

Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the independent directors.


(b)

Actions prohibited by this Code involving any other person must be reported to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer.



4



 


(c)

After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the independent directors, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.


(d)

All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.


10.2

Enforcement.


(a)

The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.


(b)

If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the independent directors determine that a violation of this Code has occurred, the independent directors will report such determination to the full Board of Directors.


(c)

If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer will report such determination to the General Counsel.


(d)

Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors with the General Counsel’s advice, will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.


10.3

Waivers.


(a)

Each of the Board of Directors (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) and the General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.


(b)

Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC rules.


10.4

Prohibition on Retaliation.


The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code.



5



 



10.5

Whistleblower Policy


(a)

General

Lightwave Logic, Inc. expects its directors, officers, employees, and other representatives to observe high standards of business and personal ethics in the conduct of their duties and responsibilities. As employees and representatives of Lightwave Logic, Inc., we must practice honesty and integrity in fulfilling our responsibilities and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.


(b)

Reporting Responsibility

It is the responsibility of all directors, officers, and employees to report Wrongful Conduct in accordance with this Whistleblower Policy.


(c)

Wrongful Conduct

“Wrongful Conduct” is defined in this Whistleblower Policy to include: a serious violation of Lightwave Logic, Inc. policy; a violation of applicable state and federal law; or the use of Lightwave Logic, Inc. property, resources, or authority for personal gain or other non organization-related purpose except as provided under Lightwave Logic, Inc. policy.


This definition of Wrongful Conduct is not intended to be an exclusive listing of the illegal or improper activity encompassed by the Whistleblower Policy. Rather, the Whistleblower Policy is intended to serve as a means of reporting all serious improprieties that potentially impact the integrity and effective operation of Lightwave Logic, Inc.


(d)

No Retaliation

No director, officer, or employee who in good faith reports Wrongful Conduct will suffer harassment, retaliation or adverse employment consequence. Any director, officer, or employee who retaliates against anyone who has reported Wrongful Conduct in good faith is subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment or removal from the board or directors, as applicable. This Whistleblower Policy is intended to encourage and enable employees and others to raise serious concerns within Lightwave Logic, Inc. prior to seeking resolution outside Lightwave Logic, Inc.


(e)

Reporting Wrongful Conduct

Lightwave Logic, inc. encourages its directors, officers, and employees to share their questions, concerns, suggestions, or complaints with someone who can address them properly. Any director, officer, or employee may report Wrongful Conduct to the Chairman and CEO or President and COO. If the Wrongful Conduct implicates one or both of the Chairman and CEO or President and COO, or if the reporting individual is not comfortable speaking with or not satisfied with response of the foregoing individuals, the



6



 


issue may be reported to the Audit Committee Chair of the board of directors. The Chairman and CEO or President and COO, and all members of the board of directors to whom a report of Wrongful Conduct is made are required to immediately advise the full board of directors of such report of Wrongful Conduct.


(f)

Acting in Good Faith

Anyone filing a complaint of Wrongful Conduct must be acting in good faith and have reasonable grounds for believing the information disclosed indicates Wrongful Conduct. Any allegations that prove not to be substantiated and which prove to have been made maliciously or knowingly to be false will be viewed as a serious disciplinary offense.


(g)

Confidentiality

Reports of Wrongful Conduct or suspected Wrongful Conduct may be submitted on a confidential basis by the complainant or may be submitted anonymously. Reports of Wrongful Conduct or suspected Wrongful Conduct will be kept confidential to the extent possible, consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.


(h)

Handling of Reported Wrongful Conduct

If the Wrongful Conduct is elevated to the board of directors a representative of the board of directors, Audit Committee Chair will notify the sender and acknowledge receipt of the reported Wrongful Conduct or suspected Wrongful Conduct within five business days, unless such report was submitted anonymously. All reports will be promptly investigated and appropriate corrective action will be taken if warranted by the investigation.



7



 




ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT AND REVIEW


To be signed and returned to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer.


I, ________________, acknowledge that I have received and read a copy of the Lightwave Logic, Inc.’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. I understand the contents of the Code and I agree to comply with the policies and procedures set out in the Code.


I understand that I should approach the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer if I have any questions about the Code generally or any questions about reporting a suspected conflict of interest or other violation of the Code.




 

 

 

[SIGNATURE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[PRINTED NAME]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[DATE]





8


 


EXHIBIT 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


The Board of Directors of

Lightwave Logic, Inc.


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement of Lightwave Logic, Inc. on Form S-8 (No. 333-213541) of our audit report dated March 16, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Lightwave Logic, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed on March 16, 2018.

 

/s/ Morison Cogen LLP


Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

Date: March 16, 2018




Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael Lebby, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lightwave Logic, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 16, 2018

/s/ Michael Lebby

 

Michael Lebby

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)






Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, James S. Marcelli, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lightwave Logic, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 16, 2018

/s/ James S. Marcelli

 

James S. Marcelli

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)






Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lightwave Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael Lebby, Chief Executive Officer of our Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), that, to my knowledge:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of our Company.


Date:  March 16, 2018

/s/ Michael Lebby

 

Michael Lebby

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)


The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.





Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lightwave Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James S. Marcelli, Chief Operating Officer of our Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), that, to my knowledge:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of our Company.


Date:  March 16, 2018

/s/ James S. Marcelli

 

James S. Marcelli

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)


The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.